1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 113 #endif 114 115 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 116 * loop. */ 117 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 118 119 /* 120 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 121 */ 122 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 123 124 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 125 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 126 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 127 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 128 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 129 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 130 #endif 131 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange, proftime_T *syntax_tm); 132 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 133 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 134 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 135 #endif 136 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 137 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 138 #endif 139 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 140 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 141 static void start_search_hl(void); 142 static void end_search_hl(void); 143 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 144 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 145 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 146 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 147 #endif 148 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 149 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 151 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 152 #endif 153 static void screenclear2(void); 154 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width); 155 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 156 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 157 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 158 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 159 #endif 160 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del); 161 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 162 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 163 static void recording_mode(int attr); 164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 165 static void draw_tabline(void); 166 #endif 167 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 168 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp); 169 #endif 170 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 171 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 174 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 177 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always); 178 #endif 179 180 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 181 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 182 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 183 #endif 184 185 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) 186 /* Can limit syntax highlight time to 'redrawtime'. */ 187 # define SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1 188 #endif 189 190 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 191 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 192 #else 193 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 194 #endif 195 196 /* 197 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 198 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 199 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 200 */ 201 void 202 redraw_later(int type) 203 { 204 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 205 } 206 207 void 208 redraw_win_later( 209 win_T *wp, 210 int type) 211 { 212 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 213 { 214 wp->w_redr_type = type; 215 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 216 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 217 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 218 must_redraw = type; 219 } 220 } 221 222 /* 223 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 224 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 225 */ 226 void 227 redraw_later_clear(void) 228 { 229 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 230 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 231 if (gui.in_use) 232 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 233 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 234 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 235 else 236 #endif 237 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 238 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; 239 } 240 241 /* 242 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 243 */ 244 void 245 redraw_all_later(int type) 246 { 247 win_T *wp; 248 249 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 250 { 251 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 252 } 253 } 254 255 /* 256 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 257 */ 258 void 259 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 260 { 261 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 262 } 263 264 void 265 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 266 { 267 win_T *wp; 268 269 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 270 { 271 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 272 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 273 } 274 } 275 276 void 277 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 278 { 279 win_T *wp; 280 281 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 282 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 283 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 284 * would disappear. */ 285 return; 286 #endif 287 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 288 { 289 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 290 { 291 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 292 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 293 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 294 #endif 295 } 296 } 297 } 298 299 /* 300 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 301 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 302 * Return a code indicating what happened. 303 */ 304 int 305 redraw_asap(int type) 306 { 307 int rows; 308 int cols = screen_Columns; 309 int r; 310 int ret = 0; 311 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 312 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 314 int i; 315 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 316 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 317 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 318 #endif 319 320 redraw_later(type); 321 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 322 return ret; 323 324 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 325 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 326 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 327 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 328 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 329 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 330 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 331 ret = 2; 332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 333 if (enc_utf8) 334 { 335 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 336 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 337 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 338 ret = 2; 339 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 340 { 341 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 342 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 343 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 344 ret = 2; 345 } 346 } 347 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 348 { 349 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 350 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 351 if (screenline2 == NULL) 352 ret = 2; 353 } 354 #endif 355 356 if (ret != 2) 357 { 358 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 359 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 360 { 361 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 362 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 363 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 364 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 365 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 366 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 368 if (enc_utf8) 369 { 370 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 371 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 372 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 373 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 374 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 375 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 376 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 377 } 378 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 379 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 380 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 381 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 382 #endif 383 } 384 385 update_screen(0); 386 ret = 3; 387 388 if (must_redraw == 0) 389 { 390 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 391 392 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 393 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 394 { 395 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 396 screenline + r * cols, 397 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 398 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 399 screenattr + r * cols, 400 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 402 if (enc_utf8) 403 { 404 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 405 screenlineUC + r * cols, 406 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 407 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 408 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 409 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 410 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 411 } 412 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 413 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 414 screenline2 + r * cols, 415 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 416 #endif 417 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 418 } 419 ret = 4; 420 } 421 } 422 423 vim_free(screenline); 424 vim_free(screenattr); 425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 426 if (enc_utf8) 427 { 428 vim_free(screenlineUC); 429 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 430 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 431 } 432 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 433 vim_free(screenline2); 434 #endif 435 436 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 437 maybe_intro_message(); 438 439 setcursor(); 440 441 return ret; 442 } 443 444 /* 445 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 446 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 447 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 448 */ 449 void 450 redraw_after_callback(void) 451 { 452 ++redrawing_for_callback; 453 454 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 455 ; /* do nothing */ 456 else if (State & CMDLINE) 457 { 458 /* Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 459 * wildmenu entries. */ 460 if (msg_scrolled == 0 461 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 462 && wild_menu_showing == 0 463 #endif 464 ) 465 update_screen(0); 466 /* Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 467 * editing the command. */ 468 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 469 } 470 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT)) 471 { 472 /* keep the command line if possible */ 473 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 474 setcursor(); 475 } 476 cursor_on(); 477 out_flush(); 478 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 479 if (gui.in_use) 480 { 481 /* Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 482 * flicker. */ 483 if (!gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 484 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 485 gui_mch_flush(); 486 } 487 #endif 488 489 --redrawing_for_callback; 490 } 491 492 /* 493 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 494 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 495 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 496 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 497 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 498 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 499 */ 500 void 501 redrawWinline( 502 linenr_T lnum, 503 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 504 { 505 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 506 int i; 507 #endif 508 509 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 510 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 511 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 512 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 513 redraw_later(VALID); 514 515 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 516 if (invalid) 517 { 518 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 519 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 520 if (i >= 0) 521 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 522 } 523 #endif 524 } 525 526 /* 527 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 528 */ 529 void 530 update_curbuf(int type) 531 { 532 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 533 update_screen(type); 534 } 535 536 /* 537 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 538 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 539 */ 540 void 541 update_screen(int type_arg) 542 { 543 int type = type_arg; 544 win_T *wp; 545 static int did_intro = FALSE; 546 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 547 int did_one; 548 #endif 549 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 550 int did_undraw = FALSE; 551 int gui_cursor_col; 552 int gui_cursor_row; 553 #endif 554 int no_update = FALSE; 555 556 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 557 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 558 return; 559 560 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 561 { 562 no_update = TRUE; 563 type = 0; 564 } 565 566 if (must_redraw) 567 { 568 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 569 type = must_redraw; 570 571 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 572 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 573 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 574 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 575 must_redraw = 0; 576 } 577 578 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 579 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 580 type = NOT_VALID; 581 582 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 583 * recursively. */ 584 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 585 { 586 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 587 must_redraw = type; 588 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 589 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 590 return; 591 } 592 593 updating_screen = TRUE; 594 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 595 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 596 * display updating */ 597 #endif 598 if (no_update) 599 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 600 601 /* 602 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 603 */ 604 if (msg_scrolled) 605 { 606 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 607 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 608 type = CLEAR; 609 else if (type != CLEAR) 610 { 611 check_for_delay(FALSE); 612 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 613 type = CLEAR; 614 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 615 { 616 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 617 { 618 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 619 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 620 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 621 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 622 { 623 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 624 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 625 } 626 else 627 { 628 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 629 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 630 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 631 <= msg_scrolled) 632 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 633 #endif 634 } 635 } 636 } 637 if (!no_update) 638 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 639 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 640 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 641 #endif 642 } 643 msg_scrolled = 0; 644 need_wait_return = FALSE; 645 } 646 647 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 648 compute_cmdrow(); 649 650 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 651 if (need_highlight_changed) 652 highlight_changed(); 653 654 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 655 { 656 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 657 type = NOT_VALID; 658 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 659 must_redraw = 0; 660 } 661 662 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 663 check_for_delay(FALSE); 664 665 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 666 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 667 * changes. */ 668 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 669 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 670 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 671 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 672 #endif 673 674 /* 675 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 676 */ 677 if (type == INVERTED) 678 update_curswant(); 679 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 680 && !((type == VALID 681 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 682 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 683 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 684 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 685 #endif 686 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 687 || (type == INVERTED 688 && VIsual_active 689 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 690 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 691 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 692 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 693 )) 694 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 695 696 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 697 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 698 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 699 draw_tabline(); 700 #endif 701 702 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 703 /* 704 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 705 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 706 */ 707 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 708 { 709 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 710 { 711 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 712 win_T *wwp; 713 714 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 715 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 716 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 717 break; 718 # endif 719 if ( 720 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 721 wwp == wp && 722 # endif 723 syntax_present(wp)) 724 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 725 } 726 } 727 #endif 728 729 /* 730 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 731 * it. 732 */ 733 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 734 did_one = FALSE; 735 #endif 736 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 737 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 738 #endif 739 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 740 { 741 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 742 { 743 cursor_off(); 744 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 745 if (!did_one) 746 { 747 did_one = TRUE; 748 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 749 start_search_hl(); 750 # endif 751 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 752 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 753 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 754 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 755 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 756 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 757 # endif 758 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 759 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 760 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 761 * it. */ 762 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 763 { 764 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 765 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 766 gui_undraw_cursor(); 767 did_undraw = TRUE; 768 } 769 #endif 770 } 771 #endif 772 win_update(wp); 773 } 774 775 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 776 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 777 if (wp->w_redr_status) 778 { 779 cursor_off(); 780 win_redr_status(wp); 781 } 782 #endif 783 } 784 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 785 end_search_hl(); 786 #endif 787 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 788 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 789 if (pum_visible()) 790 pum_redraw(); 791 #endif 792 793 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 794 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 795 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 796 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 797 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 798 #else 799 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 800 #endif 801 802 updating_screen = FALSE; 803 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 804 gui_may_resize_shell(); 805 #endif 806 807 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 808 * mess up the command line. */ 809 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 810 showmode(); 811 812 if (no_update) 813 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 814 815 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 816 if (!did_intro) 817 maybe_intro_message(); 818 did_intro = TRUE; 819 820 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 821 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 822 * done. */ 823 if (gui.in_use) 824 { 825 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 826 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 827 { 828 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 829 * uses that. */ 830 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 831 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 832 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 833 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 834 # endif 835 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 836 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 837 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 838 } 839 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 840 } 841 #endif 842 } 843 844 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 845 /* 846 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 847 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 848 */ 849 static void 850 update_prepare(void) 851 { 852 cursor_off(); 853 updating_screen = TRUE; 854 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 855 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 856 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 857 if (gui.in_use) 858 gui_undraw_cursor(); 859 #endif 860 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 861 start_search_hl(); 862 #endif 863 } 864 865 /* 866 * Finish updating one or more windows. 867 */ 868 static void 869 update_finish(void) 870 { 871 if (redraw_cmdline) 872 showmode(); 873 874 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 875 end_search_hl(); 876 # endif 877 878 updating_screen = FALSE; 879 880 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 881 gui_may_resize_shell(); 882 883 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 884 * done. */ 885 if (gui.in_use) 886 { 887 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 888 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 889 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 890 } 891 # endif 892 } 893 #endif 894 895 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 896 /* 897 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 898 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 899 */ 900 int 901 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 902 { 903 int c; 904 905 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 906 return FALSE; 907 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 908 c = 'v'; 909 else if (State & INSERT) 910 c = 'i'; 911 else if (State & NORMAL) 912 c = 'n'; 913 else if (State & CMDLINE) 914 c = 'c'; 915 else 916 return FALSE; 917 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 918 } 919 920 /* 921 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 922 */ 923 void 924 conceal_check_cursur_line(void) 925 { 926 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 927 { 928 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 929 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 930 * without concealing. */ 931 curs_columns(TRUE); 932 } 933 } 934 935 void 936 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 937 { 938 int row; 939 int j; 940 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 941 proftime_T syntax_tm; 942 #endif 943 944 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 945 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 946 return; 947 948 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 949 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 950 { 951 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 952 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 953 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 954 #endif 955 update_prepare(); 956 957 row = 0; 958 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 959 { 960 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 961 { 962 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 963 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 964 init_search_hl(wp); 965 start_search_hl(); 966 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 967 # endif 968 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE, 969 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 970 &syntax_tm 971 #else 972 NULL 973 #endif 974 ); 975 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 976 end_search_hl(); 977 # endif 978 break; 979 } 980 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 981 } 982 983 update_finish(); 984 } 985 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 986 } 987 #endif 988 989 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 990 void 991 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 992 { 993 win_T *wp; 994 int doit = FALSE; 995 996 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 997 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 998 # endif 999 1000 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 1001 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1002 { 1003 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 1004 { 1005 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 1006 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 1007 { 1008 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 1009 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 1010 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 1011 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 1012 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1013 } 1014 } 1015 else 1016 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1017 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1018 doit = TRUE; 1019 } 1020 1021 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 1022 * happening (recursive call), messages on the screen or still starting up. 1023 */ 1024 if (!doit || updating_screen 1025 || State == ASKMORE || State == HITRETURN 1026 || msg_scrolled 1027 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1028 || gui.starting 1029 #endif 1030 || starting) 1031 return; 1032 1033 /* update all windows that need updating */ 1034 update_prepare(); 1035 1036 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1037 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1038 { 1039 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1040 win_update(wp); 1041 if (wp->w_redr_status) 1042 win_redr_status(wp); 1043 } 1044 # else 1045 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 1046 win_update(curwin); 1047 # endif 1048 1049 update_finish(); 1050 } 1051 #endif 1052 1053 1054 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1055 /* 1056 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1057 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1058 */ 1059 void 1060 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1061 { 1062 /* return if already busy updating */ 1063 if (updating_screen) 1064 return; 1065 1066 update_prepare(); 1067 1068 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1069 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1070 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1071 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1072 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1073 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1074 #endif 1075 1076 win_update(wp); 1077 1078 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1079 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1080 if (redraw_tabline) 1081 draw_tabline(); 1082 1083 if (wp->w_redr_status 1084 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1085 || p_ru 1086 # endif 1087 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1088 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1089 # endif 1090 ) 1091 win_redr_status(wp); 1092 #endif 1093 1094 update_finish(); 1095 } 1096 #endif 1097 1098 /* 1099 * Update a single window. 1100 * 1101 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1102 * screen or scrolling lines). 1103 * 1104 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1105 * implies the one below it. 1106 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1107 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1108 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1109 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1110 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1111 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1112 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1113 * 3. redraw changed text: 1114 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1115 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1116 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1117 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1118 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1119 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1120 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1121 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1122 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1123 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1124 */ 1125 static void 1126 win_update(win_T *wp) 1127 { 1128 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1129 int type; 1130 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1131 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1132 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1133 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1134 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1135 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1136 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1137 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1138 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1139 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1140 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1141 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1142 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1143 #endif 1144 1145 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1146 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1147 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1148 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1149 1150 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1151 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1152 int i; 1153 long j; 1154 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1155 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1156 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1157 long fold_count; 1158 #endif 1159 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1160 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1161 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1162 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1163 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1164 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1165 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1166 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1167 #endif 1168 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1169 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1170 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1171 int save_got_int; 1172 #endif 1173 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1174 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1175 #endif 1176 1177 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1178 1179 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1180 { 1181 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1182 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1183 #endif 1184 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1185 } 1186 1187 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1188 if (wp->w_height == 0) 1189 { 1190 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1191 return; 1192 } 1193 1194 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1195 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1196 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1197 { 1198 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1199 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1200 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1201 return; 1202 } 1203 #endif 1204 1205 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1206 /* If this window contains a terminal, redraw works completely differently. 1207 */ 1208 if (term_update_window(wp) == OK) 1209 { 1210 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1211 return; 1212 } 1213 #endif 1214 1215 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1216 init_search_hl(wp); 1217 #endif 1218 1219 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1220 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1221 * changes. */ 1222 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1223 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1224 { 1225 type = NOT_VALID; 1226 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1227 } 1228 else 1229 #endif 1230 1231 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1232 { 1233 /* 1234 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1235 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1236 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1237 */ 1238 type = NOT_VALID; 1239 } 1240 else 1241 { 1242 /* 1243 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1244 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1245 */ 1246 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1247 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1248 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1249 else 1250 mod_bot = 0; 1251 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1252 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1253 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1254 { 1255 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1256 { 1257 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1258 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1259 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1260 * in a pattern match. */ 1261 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1262 { 1263 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1264 if (mod_top < 1) 1265 mod_top = 1; 1266 } 1267 #endif 1268 } 1269 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1270 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1271 1272 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1273 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1274 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1275 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1276 * lines above the change. 1277 * Same for a match pattern. 1278 */ 1279 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1280 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1281 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1282 else 1283 { 1284 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1285 while (cur != NULL) 1286 { 1287 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1288 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1289 { 1290 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1291 break; 1292 } 1293 cur = cur->next; 1294 } 1295 } 1296 #endif 1297 } 1298 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1299 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1300 { 1301 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1302 1303 /* 1304 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1305 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1306 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1307 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1308 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1309 */ 1310 1311 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1312 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1313 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1314 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1315 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1316 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1317 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1318 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1319 { 1320 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1321 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1322 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1323 { 1324 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1325 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1326 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1327 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1328 ++lnumb; 1329 } 1330 } 1331 1332 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1333 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1334 mod_top = lnumt; 1335 1336 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1337 --mod_bot; 1338 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1339 ++mod_bot; 1340 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1341 mod_bot = lnumb; 1342 } 1343 #endif 1344 1345 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1346 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1347 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1348 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1349 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1350 { 1351 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1352 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1353 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1354 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1355 top_end = 1; 1356 #endif 1357 } 1358 1359 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1360 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1361 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1362 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1363 } 1364 1365 /* 1366 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1367 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1368 */ 1369 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1370 { 1371 j = 0; 1372 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1373 { 1374 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1375 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1376 { 1377 top_end = j; 1378 break; 1379 } 1380 } 1381 if (top_end == 0) 1382 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1383 type = NOT_VALID; 1384 else 1385 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1386 type = VALID; 1387 } 1388 1389 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1390 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1391 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1392 * called. */ 1393 if (screen_cleared) 1394 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1395 1396 /* 1397 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1398 * handle three cases: 1399 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1400 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1401 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1402 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1403 */ 1404 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1405 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1406 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1407 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1408 #endif 1409 ) 1410 { 1411 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1412 { 1413 /* 1414 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1415 * further down. 1416 */ 1417 } 1418 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1419 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1420 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1421 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1422 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1423 #endif 1424 )) 1425 { 1426 /* 1427 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1428 */ 1429 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1430 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1431 { 1432 linenr_T ln; 1433 1434 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1435 * of folded lines as one */ 1436 j = 0; 1437 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1438 { 1439 ++j; 1440 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1441 break; 1442 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1443 } 1444 } 1445 else 1446 #endif 1447 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1448 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1449 { 1450 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1451 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1452 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1453 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1454 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1455 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1456 #endif 1457 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1458 { 1459 /* 1460 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1461 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1462 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1463 */ 1464 if (i > 0) 1465 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1466 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1467 { 1468 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1469 { 1470 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1471 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1472 top_end = i; 1473 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1474 1475 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1476 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1477 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1478 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1479 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1480 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1481 while (idx >= 0) 1482 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1483 } 1484 } 1485 else 1486 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1487 } 1488 else 1489 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1490 } 1491 else 1492 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1493 } 1494 else 1495 { 1496 /* 1497 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1498 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1499 * needs updating. 1500 */ 1501 1502 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1503 j = -1; 1504 row = 0; 1505 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1506 { 1507 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1508 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1509 { 1510 j = i; 1511 break; 1512 } 1513 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1514 } 1515 if (j == -1) 1516 { 1517 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1518 * lines */ 1519 mid_start = 0; 1520 } 1521 else 1522 { 1523 /* 1524 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1525 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1526 */ 1527 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1528 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1529 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1530 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1531 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1532 else 1533 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1534 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1535 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1536 #endif 1537 if (row > 0) 1538 { 1539 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1540 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1541 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1542 else 1543 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1544 } 1545 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1546 { 1547 /* 1548 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1549 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1550 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1551 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1552 */ 1553 bot_start = 0; 1554 idx = 0; 1555 for (;;) 1556 { 1557 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1558 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1559 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1560 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1561 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1562 { 1563 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1564 break; 1565 } 1566 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1567 1568 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1569 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1570 { 1571 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1572 break; 1573 } 1574 } 1575 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1576 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1577 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1578 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1579 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1580 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1581 + wp->w_topfill; 1582 #endif 1583 } 1584 } 1585 } 1586 1587 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1588 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1589 * first. */ 1590 if (mid_start == 0) 1591 { 1592 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1593 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1594 { 1595 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1596 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1597 * then. */ 1598 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1599 screenclear(); 1600 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1601 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1602 if (redraw_tabline) 1603 draw_tabline(); 1604 #endif 1605 } 1606 } 1607 1608 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1609 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1610 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1611 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1612 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1613 must_redraw = 0; 1614 } 1615 else 1616 { 1617 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1618 mid_start = 0; 1619 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1620 } 1621 1622 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1623 { 1624 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1625 mid_start = 0; 1626 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1627 type = NOT_VALID; 1628 } 1629 1630 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1631 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1632 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1633 { 1634 linenr_T from, to; 1635 1636 if (VIsual_active) 1637 { 1638 if (VIsual_active 1639 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1640 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1641 { 1642 /* 1643 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1644 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1645 * gained or lost. 1646 */ 1647 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1648 { 1649 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1650 to = VIsual.lnum; 1651 } 1652 else 1653 { 1654 from = VIsual.lnum; 1655 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1656 } 1657 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1658 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1659 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1660 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1661 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1662 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1663 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1664 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1665 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1666 } 1667 else 1668 { 1669 /* 1670 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1671 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1672 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1673 */ 1674 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1675 { 1676 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1677 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1678 } 1679 else 1680 { 1681 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1682 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1683 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1684 from = to; 1685 } 1686 1687 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1688 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1689 { 1690 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1691 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1692 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1693 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1694 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1695 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1696 from = VIsual.lnum; 1697 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1698 to = VIsual.lnum; 1699 } 1700 } 1701 1702 /* 1703 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1704 * update all lines. 1705 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1706 */ 1707 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1708 { 1709 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1710 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1711 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1712 1713 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1714 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1715 #endif 1716 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1717 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1718 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1719 #endif 1720 ++toc; 1721 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1722 toc = MAXCOL; 1723 1724 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1725 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1726 { 1727 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1728 from = VIsual.lnum; 1729 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1730 to = VIsual.lnum; 1731 } 1732 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1733 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1734 } 1735 } 1736 else 1737 { 1738 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1739 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1740 { 1741 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1742 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1743 } 1744 else 1745 { 1746 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1747 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1748 } 1749 } 1750 1751 /* 1752 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1753 */ 1754 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1755 from = wp->w_topline; 1756 1757 /* 1758 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1759 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1760 */ 1761 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1762 { 1763 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1764 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1765 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1766 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1767 } 1768 1769 /* 1770 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1771 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1772 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1773 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1774 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1775 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1776 * mid_end (in srow). 1777 */ 1778 if (mid_start > 0) 1779 { 1780 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1781 idx = 0; 1782 srow = 0; 1783 if (scrolled_down) 1784 mid_start = top_end; 1785 else 1786 mid_start = 0; 1787 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1788 { 1789 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1790 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1791 else if (!scrolled_down) 1792 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1793 ++idx; 1794 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1795 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1796 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1797 else 1798 # endif 1799 ++lnum; 1800 } 1801 srow += mid_start; 1802 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1803 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1804 { 1805 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1806 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1807 { 1808 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1809 mid_end = srow; 1810 break; 1811 } 1812 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1813 } 1814 } 1815 } 1816 1817 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1818 { 1819 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1820 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1821 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1822 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1823 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1824 } 1825 else 1826 { 1827 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1828 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1829 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1830 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1831 } 1832 1833 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1834 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1835 save_got_int = got_int; 1836 got_int = 0; 1837 #endif 1838 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1839 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1840 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1841 #endif 1842 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1843 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1844 #endif 1845 1846 /* 1847 * Update all the window rows. 1848 */ 1849 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1850 row = 0; 1851 srow = 0; 1852 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1853 for (;;) 1854 { 1855 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1856 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1857 if (row == wp->w_height) 1858 { 1859 didline = TRUE; 1860 break; 1861 } 1862 1863 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1864 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1865 { 1866 eof = TRUE; 1867 break; 1868 } 1869 1870 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1871 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1872 srow = row; 1873 1874 /* 1875 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1876 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1877 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1878 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1879 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1880 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1881 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1882 */ 1883 if (row < top_end 1884 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1885 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1886 || top_to_mod 1887 #endif 1888 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1889 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1890 || (mod_top != 0 1891 && (lnum == mod_top 1892 || (lnum >= mod_top 1893 && (lnum < mod_bot 1894 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1895 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1896 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1897 && syntax_present(wp) 1898 && ( 1899 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1900 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1901 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1902 # endif 1903 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1904 #endif 1905 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1906 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1907 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1908 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1909 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1910 #endif 1911 ))))) 1912 { 1913 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1914 if (lnum == mod_top) 1915 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1916 #endif 1917 1918 /* 1919 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1920 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1921 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1922 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1923 */ 1924 if (lnum == mod_top 1925 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1926 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1927 { 1928 int old_rows = 0; 1929 int new_rows = 0; 1930 int xtra_rows; 1931 linenr_T l; 1932 1933 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1934 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1935 * currently displayed. */ 1936 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1937 { 1938 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1939 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1940 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1941 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1942 break; 1943 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1944 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1945 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1946 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1947 { 1948 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1949 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1950 ++i; 1951 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1952 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1953 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1954 break; 1955 } 1956 #endif 1957 } 1958 1959 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1960 { 1961 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1962 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1963 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1964 bot_start = 0; 1965 } 1966 else 1967 { 1968 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1969 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1970 j = idx; 1971 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1972 { 1973 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1974 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1975 ++new_rows; 1976 else 1977 #endif 1978 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1979 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1980 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1981 + wp->w_topfill; 1982 else 1983 #endif 1984 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1985 ++j; 1986 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1987 { 1988 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1989 new_rows = 9999; 1990 break; 1991 } 1992 } 1993 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1994 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1995 { 1996 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1997 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1998 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1999 * below the scrolled text. */ 2000 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2001 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2002 else 2003 { 2004 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2005 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 2006 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2007 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2008 else 2009 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 2010 } 2011 } 2012 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 2013 { 2014 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 2015 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 2016 * rest. */ 2017 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2018 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2019 else 2020 { 2021 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2022 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 2023 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2024 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2025 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 2026 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 2027 * updating down. */ 2028 top_end += xtra_rows; 2029 } 2030 } 2031 2032 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 2033 * entries. */ 2034 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 2035 { 2036 if (j < i) 2037 { 2038 int x = row + new_rows; 2039 2040 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2041 for (;;) 2042 { 2043 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2044 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2045 { 2046 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2047 break; 2048 } 2049 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2050 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2051 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2052 > wp->w_height) 2053 { 2054 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2055 break; 2056 } 2057 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2058 ++i; 2059 } 2060 if (bot_start > x) 2061 bot_start = x; 2062 } 2063 else /* j > i */ 2064 { 2065 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2066 j -= i; 2067 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2068 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2069 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2070 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2071 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2072 2073 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2074 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2075 * Reset to zero. */ 2076 while (i >= idx) 2077 { 2078 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2079 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2080 } 2081 } 2082 } 2083 } 2084 } 2085 2086 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2087 /* 2088 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2089 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2090 * 'wrap' is on). 2091 */ 2092 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2093 if (fold_count != 0) 2094 { 2095 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2096 ++row; 2097 --fold_count; 2098 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2099 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2100 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2101 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2102 # endif 2103 } 2104 else 2105 #endif 2106 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2107 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2108 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2109 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2110 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2111 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2112 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2113 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2114 #endif 2115 ) 2116 { 2117 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2118 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2119 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2120 } 2121 else 2122 { 2123 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2124 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2125 #endif 2126 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2127 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2128 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2129 && syntax_present(wp)) 2130 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2131 #endif 2132 2133 /* 2134 * Display one line. 2135 */ 2136 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0, 2137 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2138 &syntax_tm 2139 #else 2140 NULL 2141 #endif 2142 ); 2143 2144 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2145 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2146 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2147 #endif 2148 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2149 did_update = DID_LINE; 2150 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2151 #endif 2152 } 2153 2154 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2155 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2156 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2157 { 2158 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2159 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2160 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2161 ++idx; 2162 break; 2163 } 2164 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2165 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2166 ++idx; 2167 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2168 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2169 #else 2170 ++lnum; 2171 #endif 2172 } 2173 else 2174 { 2175 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2176 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2177 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2178 break; 2179 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2180 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2181 #else 2182 ++lnum; 2183 #endif 2184 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2185 did_update = DID_NONE; 2186 #endif 2187 } 2188 2189 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2190 { 2191 eof = TRUE; 2192 break; 2193 } 2194 } 2195 /* 2196 * End of loop over all window lines. 2197 */ 2198 2199 2200 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2201 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2202 2203 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2204 /* 2205 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2206 */ 2207 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2208 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2209 #endif 2210 2211 /* 2212 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2213 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2214 */ 2215 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2216 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2217 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2218 #endif 2219 if (!eof && !didline) 2220 { 2221 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2222 { 2223 /* 2224 * Single line that does not fit! 2225 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2226 */ 2227 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2228 } 2229 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2230 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2231 { 2232 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2233 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2234 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2235 } 2236 #endif 2237 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2238 { 2239 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2240 2241 /* 2242 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2243 */ 2244 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, W_WINCOL(wp), 2245 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2246 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2247 (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2248 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2249 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2250 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2251 } 2252 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2253 { 2254 /* 2255 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2256 */ 2257 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2258 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2259 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2260 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2261 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2262 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2263 } 2264 else 2265 { 2266 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2267 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2268 } 2269 } 2270 else 2271 { 2272 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 2273 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2274 #endif 2275 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2276 { 2277 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2278 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2279 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2280 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2281 { 2282 /* 2283 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2284 */ 2285 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2286 i = '-'; 2287 else 2288 i = fill_diff; 2289 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2290 j = wp->w_height - row; 2291 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2292 row += j; 2293 } 2294 #endif 2295 } 2296 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2297 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2298 2299 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2300 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2301 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2302 } 2303 2304 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2305 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2306 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2307 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2308 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2309 #endif 2310 2311 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2312 { 2313 /* 2314 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2315 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2316 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2317 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2318 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2319 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2320 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2321 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2322 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2323 * changes are relevant). 2324 */ 2325 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2326 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2327 { 2328 recursive = TRUE; 2329 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2330 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2331 if (must_redraw != 0) 2332 { 2333 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2334 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2335 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2336 win_update(curwin); 2337 must_redraw = 0; 2338 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2339 } 2340 recursive = FALSE; 2341 } 2342 } 2343 2344 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2345 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2346 if (!got_int) 2347 got_int = save_got_int; 2348 #endif 2349 } 2350 2351 /* 2352 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2353 * as the filler character. 2354 */ 2355 static void 2356 win_draw_end( 2357 win_T *wp, 2358 int c1, 2359 int c2, 2360 int row, 2361 int endrow, 2362 hlf_T hl) 2363 { 2364 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2365 int n = 0; 2366 # define FDC_OFF n 2367 #else 2368 # define FDC_OFF 0 2369 #endif 2370 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2371 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2372 #endif 2373 2374 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2375 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2376 { 2377 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2378 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2379 n = fdc; 2380 2381 if (n > 0) 2382 { 2383 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2384 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2385 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 2386 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2387 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2388 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2389 } 2390 # endif 2391 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2392 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2393 { 2394 int nn = n + 2; 2395 2396 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2397 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2398 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2399 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2400 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2401 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2402 n = nn; 2403 } 2404 # endif 2405 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2406 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2407 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2408 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2409 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2410 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2411 } 2412 else 2413 #endif 2414 { 2415 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2416 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2417 { 2418 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2419 n = 1; 2420 if (n > wp->w_width) 2421 n = wp->w_width; 2422 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2423 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 2424 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2425 } 2426 #endif 2427 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2428 if (fdc > 0) 2429 { 2430 int nn = n + fdc; 2431 2432 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2433 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2434 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2435 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2436 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2437 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2438 n = nn; 2439 } 2440 #endif 2441 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2442 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2443 { 2444 int nn = n + 2; 2445 2446 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2447 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2448 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2449 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2450 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2451 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2452 n = nn; 2453 } 2454 #endif 2455 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2456 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2457 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2458 } 2459 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2460 } 2461 2462 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2463 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2464 2465 /* 2466 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2467 */ 2468 static int 2469 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2470 { 2471 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2472 ++*color_cols; 2473 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2474 } 2475 #endif 2476 2477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2478 /* 2479 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2480 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2481 */ 2482 static int 2483 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2484 { 2485 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2486 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2487 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 2488 2489 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2490 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2491 return fdc; 2492 } 2493 2494 /* 2495 * Display one folded line. 2496 */ 2497 static void 2498 fold_line( 2499 win_T *wp, 2500 long fold_count, 2501 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2502 linenr_T lnum, 2503 int row) 2504 { 2505 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2506 pos_T *top, *bot; 2507 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2508 int len; 2509 char_u *text; 2510 int fdc; 2511 int col; 2512 int txtcol; 2513 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2514 int ri; 2515 2516 /* Build the fold line: 2517 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2518 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2519 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2520 * 4. Compose the text 2521 * 5. Add the text 2522 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2523 */ 2524 col = 0; 2525 2526 /* 2527 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2528 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2529 */ 2530 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2531 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2532 { 2533 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2534 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2536 if (enc_utf8) 2537 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2538 #endif 2539 ++col; 2540 } 2541 #endif 2542 2543 /* 2544 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2545 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2546 */ 2547 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2548 if (fdc > 0) 2549 { 2550 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2552 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2553 { 2554 int i; 2555 2556 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2557 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2558 /* reverse the fold column */ 2559 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2560 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2561 } 2562 else 2563 #endif 2564 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2565 col += fdc; 2566 } 2567 2568 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2569 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2570 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2571 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2572 else \ 2573 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2574 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2575 #else 2576 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2577 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2578 #endif 2579 2580 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2581 * text */ 2582 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2583 2584 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2585 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2586 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2587 { 2588 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2589 if (len > 0) 2590 { 2591 if (len > 2) 2592 len = 2; 2593 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2594 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2595 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2596 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2597 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2598 else 2599 # endif 2600 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2601 col += len; 2602 } 2603 } 2604 #endif 2605 2606 /* 2607 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2608 */ 2609 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2610 { 2611 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2612 if (len > 0) 2613 { 2614 int w = number_width(wp); 2615 long num; 2616 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2617 2618 if (len > w + 1) 2619 len = w + 1; 2620 2621 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2622 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2623 num = (long)lnum; 2624 else 2625 { 2626 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2627 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2628 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2629 { 2630 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2631 * line number */ 2632 num = lnum; 2633 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2634 } 2635 } 2636 2637 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2638 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2639 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2640 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2641 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2642 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2643 else 2644 #endif 2645 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2646 col += len; 2647 } 2648 } 2649 2650 /* 2651 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2652 */ 2653 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2654 2655 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2656 2657 /* 2658 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2659 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2660 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2661 */ 2662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2663 if (has_mbyte) 2664 { 2665 int cells; 2666 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2667 int i; 2668 int idx; 2669 int c_len; 2670 char_u *p; 2671 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2672 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2673 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2674 # endif 2675 2676 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2677 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2678 idx = off; 2679 else 2680 # endif 2681 idx = off + col; 2682 2683 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2684 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2685 { 2686 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2687 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2688 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2689 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2690 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2691 # endif 2692 ) 2693 break; 2694 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2695 if (enc_utf8) 2696 { 2697 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2698 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2699 { 2700 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2701 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2702 prev_c = u8c; 2703 #endif 2704 } 2705 else 2706 { 2707 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2708 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2709 { 2710 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2711 int pc, pc1, nc; 2712 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2713 int firstbyte = *p; 2714 2715 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2716 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2717 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2718 { 2719 pc = prev_c; 2720 pc1 = prev_c1; 2721 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2722 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2723 } 2724 else 2725 { 2726 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2727 nc = prev_c; 2728 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2729 } 2730 prev_c = u8c; 2731 2732 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2733 pc, pc1, nc); 2734 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2735 } 2736 else 2737 prev_c = u8c; 2738 #endif 2739 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2740 #ifdef UNICODE16 2741 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2742 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2743 else 2744 #endif 2745 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2746 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2747 { 2748 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2749 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2750 break; 2751 } 2752 } 2753 if (cells > 1) 2754 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2755 } 2756 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2757 /* double-byte single width character */ 2758 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2759 else if (cells > 1) 2760 /* double-width character */ 2761 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2762 col += cells; 2763 idx += cells; 2764 p += c_len; 2765 } 2766 } 2767 else 2768 #endif 2769 { 2770 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2771 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2772 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2773 if (len > 0) 2774 { 2775 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2776 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2777 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2778 else 2779 #endif 2780 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2781 col += len; 2782 } 2783 } 2784 2785 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2786 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2787 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2788 col -= txtcol; 2789 #endif 2790 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2791 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2792 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2793 #endif 2794 ) 2795 { 2796 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2797 if (enc_utf8) 2798 { 2799 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2800 { 2801 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2802 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2803 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2804 } 2805 else 2806 { 2807 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2808 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2809 } 2810 col++; 2811 } 2812 else 2813 #endif 2814 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2815 } 2816 2817 if (text != buf) 2818 vim_free(text); 2819 2820 /* 2821 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2822 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2823 */ 2824 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2825 { 2826 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2827 { 2828 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2829 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2830 bot = &VIsual; 2831 } 2832 else 2833 { 2834 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2835 top = &VIsual; 2836 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2837 } 2838 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2839 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2840 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2841 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2842 || (lnum == top->lnum 2843 && top->col == 0)) 2844 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2845 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2846 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2847 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2848 { 2849 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2850 { 2851 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2852 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2853 { 2854 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2855 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2856 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2857 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2858 else 2859 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2860 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2861 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2862 } 2863 } 2864 else 2865 { 2866 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2867 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2868 } 2869 } 2870 } 2871 2872 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2873 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2874 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2875 { 2876 int i = 0; 2877 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2878 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2879 2880 while (j > -1) 2881 { 2882 txtcol += j; 2883 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2884 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2885 else 2886 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2887 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2888 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2889 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2890 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2891 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2892 } 2893 } 2894 2895 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2896 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2897 { 2898 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2899 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2900 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2901 else 2902 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2903 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2904 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2905 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2906 } 2907 #endif 2908 2909 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2910 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2911 2912 /* 2913 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2914 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2915 */ 2916 if (wp == curwin 2917 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2918 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2919 { 2920 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2921 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2922 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2923 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2924 } 2925 } 2926 2927 /* 2928 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2929 */ 2930 static void 2931 copy_text_attr( 2932 int off, 2933 char_u *buf, 2934 int len, 2935 int attr) 2936 { 2937 int i; 2938 2939 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2940 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2941 if (enc_utf8) 2942 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2943 # endif 2944 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2945 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2946 } 2947 2948 /* 2949 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2950 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2951 */ 2952 static void 2953 fill_foldcolumn( 2954 char_u *p, 2955 win_T *wp, 2956 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2957 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2958 { 2959 int i = 0; 2960 int level; 2961 int first_level; 2962 int empty; 2963 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2964 2965 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2966 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2967 2968 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2969 if (level > 0) 2970 { 2971 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2972 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2973 2974 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2975 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2976 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2977 if (first_level < 1) 2978 first_level = 1; 2979 2980 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2981 { 2982 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2983 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2984 p[i] = '-'; 2985 else if (first_level == 1) 2986 p[i] = '|'; 2987 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2988 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2989 else 2990 p[i] = '>'; 2991 if (first_level + i == level) 2992 break; 2993 } 2994 } 2995 if (closed) 2996 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2997 } 2998 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2999 3000 /* 3001 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 3002 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 3003 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 3004 * 3005 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 3006 */ 3007 static int 3008 win_line( 3009 win_T *wp, 3010 linenr_T lnum, 3011 int startrow, 3012 int endrow, 3013 int nochange UNUSED, /* not updating for changed text */ 3014 proftime_T *syntax_tm) 3015 { 3016 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 3017 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 3018 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 3019 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 3020 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3021 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 3022 #endif 3023 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 3024 char_u *line; /* current line */ 3025 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 3026 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 3027 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 3028 3029 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 3030 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 3031 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 3032 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 3033 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 3034 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 3035 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 3036 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 3037 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 3038 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 3039 3040 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 3041 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3042 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3043 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3044 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3045 3046 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3047 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3048 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3049 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3050 3051 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3052 3053 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 3054 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 3055 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 3056 pos_T *top, *bot; 3057 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3058 pos_T pos; 3059 long v; 3060 3061 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 3062 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 3063 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 3064 in this line */ 3065 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 3066 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 3067 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 3068 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3069 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3070 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3071 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3072 int save_did_emsg; 3073 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3074 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3075 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3076 #endif 3077 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3078 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3079 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3080 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3081 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3082 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3083 starts */ 3084 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3085 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3086 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3087 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3088 * there are no spell errors */ 3089 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3090 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3091 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3092 #endif 3093 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 3094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3095 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3096 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3097 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3098 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3099 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3100 #endif 3101 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3102 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3103 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3104 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3105 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3106 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3107 #endif 3108 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3109 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3110 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3111 chars */ 3112 #endif 3113 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ 3114 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3115 # define LINE_ATTR 3116 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3117 #endif 3118 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3119 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3120 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3121 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3122 has been processed or not */ 3123 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3124 in progress */ 3125 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3126 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3127 of the matches */ 3128 #endif 3129 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3130 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3131 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3132 #endif 3133 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3134 int did_line_attr = 0; 3135 #endif 3136 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3137 int get_term_attr = FALSE; 3138 #endif 3139 3140 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3141 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3142 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3143 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3144 #else 3145 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3146 #endif 3147 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3148 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3149 #else 3150 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3151 #endif 3152 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3153 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3154 #else 3155 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3156 #endif 3157 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3158 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3159 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3160 #else 3161 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3162 #endif 3163 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3164 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3165 #else 3166 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3167 #endif 3168 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3169 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3170 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3171 int feedback_col = 0; 3172 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3173 #endif 3174 3175 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3176 int syntax_flags = 0; 3177 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3178 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3179 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3180 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3181 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3182 wrapping */ 3183 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3184 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3185 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3186 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3187 int old_boguscols = 0; 3188 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3189 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3190 { \ 3191 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3192 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3193 vcol_off = 0; \ 3194 col -= boguscols; \ 3195 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3196 boguscols = 0; \ 3197 } 3198 #else 3199 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3200 #endif 3201 3202 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3203 return startrow; 3204 3205 row = startrow; 3206 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3207 3208 /* 3209 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3210 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3211 */ 3212 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3213 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3214 #else 3215 extra_check = 0; 3216 #endif 3217 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3218 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3219 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3220 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3221 # endif 3222 ) 3223 { 3224 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3225 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3226 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3227 did_emsg = FALSE; 3228 syntax_start(wp, lnum, syntax_tm); 3229 if (did_emsg) 3230 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3231 else 3232 { 3233 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3234 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3235 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3236 #endif 3237 { 3238 has_syntax = TRUE; 3239 extra_check = TRUE; 3240 } 3241 } 3242 } 3243 3244 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3245 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3246 if (color_cols != NULL) 3247 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3248 #endif 3249 3250 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3251 if (term_show_buffer(wp->w_buffer)) 3252 { 3253 extra_check = TRUE; 3254 get_term_attr = TRUE; 3255 } 3256 #endif 3257 3258 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3259 if (wp->w_p_spell 3260 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3261 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3262 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3263 { 3264 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3265 has_spell = TRUE; 3266 extra_check = TRUE; 3267 3268 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3269 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3270 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3271 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3272 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3273 { 3274 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3275 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3276 } 3277 3278 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3279 * line is valid. */ 3280 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3281 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3282 checked_lnum = 0; 3283 3284 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3285 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3286 * the first word. */ 3287 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3288 cap_col = -1; 3289 if (lnum == 1) 3290 cap_col = 0; 3291 capcol_lnum = 0; 3292 } 3293 #endif 3294 3295 /* 3296 * handle visual active in this window 3297 */ 3298 fromcol = -10; 3299 tocol = MAXCOL; 3300 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3301 { 3302 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3303 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3304 { 3305 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3306 bot = &VIsual; 3307 } 3308 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3309 { 3310 top = &VIsual; 3311 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3312 } 3313 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3314 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3315 { 3316 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3317 { 3318 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3319 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3320 } 3321 } 3322 else /* non-block mode */ 3323 { 3324 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3325 fromcol = 0; 3326 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3327 { 3328 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3329 fromcol = 0; 3330 else 3331 { 3332 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3333 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3334 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3335 } 3336 } 3337 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3338 { 3339 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3340 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3341 && bot->coladd == 0 3342 #endif 3343 ) 3344 { 3345 fromcol = -10; 3346 tocol = MAXCOL; 3347 } 3348 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3349 tocol = MAXCOL; 3350 else 3351 { 3352 pos = *bot; 3353 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3354 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3355 else 3356 { 3357 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3358 ++tocol; 3359 } 3360 } 3361 } 3362 } 3363 3364 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3365 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3366 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3367 && !gui.in_use 3368 #endif 3369 ) 3370 noinvcur = TRUE; 3371 3372 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3373 if (fromcol >= 0) 3374 { 3375 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3376 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3377 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3378 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3379 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3380 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3381 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3382 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3383 #endif 3384 } 3385 } 3386 3387 /* 3388 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3389 */ 3390 else if (highlight_match 3391 && wp == curwin 3392 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3393 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3394 { 3395 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3396 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3397 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3398 else 3399 fromcol = 0; 3400 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3401 { 3402 pos.lnum = lnum; 3403 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3404 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3405 } 3406 else 3407 tocol = MAXCOL; 3408 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3409 if (fromcol == tocol) 3410 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3411 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3412 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3413 } 3414 3415 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3416 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3417 if (filler_lines < 0) 3418 { 3419 if (filler_lines == -1) 3420 { 3421 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3422 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3423 else if (change_start == 0) 3424 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3425 else 3426 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3427 } 3428 else 3429 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3430 filler_lines = 0; 3431 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3432 } 3433 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3434 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3435 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3436 #endif 3437 3438 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3439 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3440 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3441 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3442 if (v != 0) 3443 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3444 # endif 3445 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 3446 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3447 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3448 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3449 # endif 3450 if (line_attr != 0) 3451 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3452 #endif 3453 3454 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3455 ptr = line; 3456 3457 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3458 if (has_spell) 3459 { 3460 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3461 if (cap_col == 0) 3462 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); 3463 3464 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3465 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3466 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3467 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3468 { 3469 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3470 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3471 nextline_idx = 0; 3472 } 3473 else 3474 { 3475 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3476 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3477 { 3478 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3479 * next line. */ 3480 nextlinecol = 0; 3481 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3482 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3483 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3484 } 3485 else 3486 { 3487 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3488 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3489 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3490 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3491 } 3492 } 3493 } 3494 #endif 3495 3496 if (wp->w_p_list) 3497 { 3498 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3499 extra_check = TRUE; 3500 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3501 if (lcs_trail) 3502 { 3503 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3504 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3505 --trailcol; 3506 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3507 } 3508 } 3509 3510 /* 3511 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3512 * first character to be displayed. 3513 */ 3514 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3515 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3516 else 3517 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3518 if (v > 0) 3519 { 3520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3521 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3522 #endif 3523 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3524 { 3525 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3526 vcol += c; 3527 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3528 prev_ptr = ptr; 3529 #endif 3530 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3531 } 3532 3533 /* When: 3534 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3535 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3536 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3537 * - the visual mode is active, 3538 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3539 */ 3540 if (vcol < v && ( 3541 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3542 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3543 #endif 3544 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3545 virtual_active() || 3546 #endif 3547 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3548 { 3549 vcol = v; 3550 } 3551 3552 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3553 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3554 if (vcol > v) 3555 { 3556 vcol -= c; 3557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3558 ptr = prev_ptr; 3559 #else 3560 --ptr; 3561 #endif 3562 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3563 * Except for a TAB. */ 3564 if (( 3565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3566 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3567 #endif 3568 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3569 n_skip = v - vcol; 3570 } 3571 3572 /* 3573 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3574 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3575 */ 3576 if (tocol <= vcol) 3577 fromcol = 0; 3578 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3579 fromcol = vcol; 3580 3581 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3582 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3583 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3584 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3585 #endif 3586 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3587 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3588 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3589 if (has_spell) 3590 { 3591 int len; 3592 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3593 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3594 3595 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3596 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3597 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3598 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3599 3600 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3601 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3602 ptr = line + linecol; 3603 3604 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3605 { 3606 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3607 * word */ 3608 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3609 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3610 } 3611 else 3612 { 3613 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3614 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3615 3616 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3617 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3618 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3619 } 3620 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3621 3622 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3623 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3624 if (has_syntax) 3625 syntax_start(wp, lnum, syntax_tm); 3626 # endif 3627 } 3628 #endif 3629 } 3630 3631 /* 3632 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3633 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3634 */ 3635 if (fromcol >= 0) 3636 { 3637 if (noinvcur) 3638 { 3639 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3640 { 3641 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3642 * cursor */ 3643 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3644 fromcol = -1; 3645 } 3646 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3647 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3648 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3649 } 3650 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3651 fromcol = -1; 3652 } 3653 3654 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3655 /* 3656 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3657 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3658 */ 3659 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3660 shl_flag = FALSE; 3661 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3662 { 3663 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3664 { 3665 shl = &search_hl; 3666 shl_flag = TRUE; 3667 } 3668 else 3669 shl = &cur->hl; 3670 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3671 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3672 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3673 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3674 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3675 if (cur != NULL) 3676 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3677 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3678 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3679 3680 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3681 * invalid. */ 3682 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3683 ptr = line + v; 3684 3685 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3686 { 3687 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3688 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3689 else 3690 shl->startcol = 0; 3691 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3692 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3693 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3694 else 3695 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3696 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3697 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3698 { 3699 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3700 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3701 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3702 else 3703 #endif 3704 ++shl->endcol; 3705 } 3706 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3707 { 3708 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3709 search_attr = shl->attr; 3710 } 3711 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3712 } 3713 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3714 cur = cur->next; 3715 } 3716 #endif 3717 3718 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3719 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3720 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3721 * then. */ 3722 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3723 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3724 { 3725 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3726 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3727 } 3728 #endif 3729 3730 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3731 col = 0; 3732 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3733 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3734 { 3735 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3736 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3737 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3738 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3739 off += col; 3740 } 3741 #endif 3742 3743 /* 3744 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3745 */ 3746 for (;;) 3747 { 3748 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3749 has_match_conc = 0; 3750 #endif 3751 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3752 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3753 { 3754 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3755 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3756 { 3757 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3758 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3759 { 3760 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3761 n_extra = 1; 3762 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3763 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3764 } 3765 } 3766 #endif 3767 3768 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3769 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3770 { 3771 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3772 3773 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3774 if (fdc > 0) 3775 { 3776 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3777 * already be in use. */ 3778 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3779 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3780 3781 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3782 { 3783 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3784 n_extra = fdc; 3785 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3786 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3787 c_extra = NUL; 3788 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3789 } 3790 } 3791 } 3792 #endif 3793 3794 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3795 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3796 { 3797 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3798 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3799 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3800 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3801 { 3802 int text_sign; 3803 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3804 int icon_sign; 3805 # endif 3806 3807 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3808 c_extra = ' '; 3809 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3810 n_extra = 2; 3811 3812 if (row == startrow 3813 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3814 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3815 #endif 3816 ) 3817 { 3818 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3819 SIGN_TEXT); 3820 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3821 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3822 SIGN_ICON); 3823 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3824 { 3825 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3826 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3827 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3828 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3829 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3830 # endif 3831 char_attr = icon_sign; 3832 } 3833 else 3834 # endif 3835 if (text_sign != 0) 3836 { 3837 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3838 if (p_extra != NULL) 3839 { 3840 c_extra = NUL; 3841 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3842 } 3843 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3844 } 3845 } 3846 } 3847 } 3848 #endif 3849 3850 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3851 { 3852 draw_state = WL_NR; 3853 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3854 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3855 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3856 && (row == startrow 3857 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3858 + filler_lines 3859 #endif 3860 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3861 { 3862 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3863 if (row == startrow 3864 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3865 + filler_lines 3866 #endif 3867 ) 3868 { 3869 long num; 3870 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3871 3872 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3873 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3874 num = (long)lnum; 3875 else 3876 { 3877 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3878 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3879 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3880 { 3881 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3882 num = lnum; 3883 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3884 } 3885 } 3886 3887 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3888 number_width(wp), num); 3889 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3890 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3891 *p_extra = '-'; 3892 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3893 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3894 rl_mirror(extra); 3895 #endif 3896 p_extra = extra; 3897 c_extra = NUL; 3898 } 3899 else 3900 c_extra = ' '; 3901 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3902 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3903 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3904 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3905 * the current line differently. 3906 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3907 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3908 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3909 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3910 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 3911 #endif 3912 } 3913 } 3914 3915 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3916 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3917 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3918 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3919 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3920 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3921 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3922 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3923 3924 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3925 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3926 { 3927 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3928 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 3929 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 3930 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 3931 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3932 && filler_lines == 0 3933 # endif 3934 ) 3935 { 3936 char_attr = 0; 3937 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3938 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3939 { 3940 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 3941 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3942 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3943 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3944 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3945 # endif 3946 } 3947 # endif 3948 p_extra = NULL; 3949 c_extra = ' '; 3950 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3951 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3952 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3953 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3954 if (tocol == vcol) 3955 tocol += n_extra; 3956 } 3957 } 3958 #endif 3959 3960 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3961 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3962 { 3963 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3964 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3965 if (filler_todo > 0) 3966 { 3967 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3968 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3969 c_extra = '-'; 3970 else 3971 c_extra = fill_diff; 3972 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3973 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3974 n_extra = col + 1; 3975 else 3976 # endif 3977 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3978 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 3979 } 3980 # endif 3981 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3982 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3983 { 3984 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3985 p_extra = p_sbr; 3986 c_extra = NUL; 3987 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3988 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3989 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3990 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 3991 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3992 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3993 if (tocol == vcol) 3994 tocol += n_extra; 3995 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3996 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 3997 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3998 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3999 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4000 #endif 4001 } 4002 # endif 4003 } 4004 #endif 4005 4006 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4007 { 4008 draw_state = WL_LINE; 4009 if (saved_n_extra) 4010 { 4011 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 4012 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4013 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4014 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4015 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4016 } 4017 else 4018 char_attr = 0; 4019 } 4020 } 4021 4022 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 4023 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4024 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4025 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4026 && filler_todo <= 0 4027 #endif 4028 ) 4029 { 4030 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4031 HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 4032 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4033 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4034 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4035 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4036 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4037 else 4038 #endif 4039 row = wp->w_height; 4040 break; 4041 } 4042 4043 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 4044 { 4045 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4046 if (vcol == fromcol 4047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4048 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4049 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4050 #endif 4051 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4052 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4053 && vcol < tocol)) 4054 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 4055 else if (area_attr != 0 4056 && (vcol == tocol 4057 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4058 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4059 4060 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4061 if (!n_extra) 4062 { 4063 /* 4064 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 4065 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4066 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4067 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 4068 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 4069 * priority). 4070 */ 4071 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4072 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4073 shl_flag = FALSE; 4074 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4075 { 4076 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4077 && ((cur != NULL 4078 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4079 || cur == NULL)) 4080 { 4081 shl = &search_hl; 4082 shl_flag = TRUE; 4083 } 4084 else 4085 shl = &cur->hl; 4086 if (cur != NULL) 4087 cur->pos.cur = 0; 4088 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 4089 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 4090 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 4091 { 4092 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 4093 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 4094 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 4095 { 4096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4097 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 4098 4099 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 4100 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 4101 #endif 4102 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 4103 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4104 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 4105 == cur->hlg_id) 4106 { 4107 has_match_conc = 4108 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 4109 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 4110 } 4111 else 4112 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 4113 #endif 4114 } 4115 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 4116 { 4117 shl->attr_cur = 0; 4118 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 4119 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 4120 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 4121 ? FALSE : TRUE; 4122 4123 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 4124 * may have made it invalid. */ 4125 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4126 ptr = line + v; 4127 4128 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 4129 { 4130 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4131 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4132 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4133 else 4134 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4135 4136 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4137 { 4138 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4139 * it */ 4140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4141 if (has_mbyte) 4142 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4143 + shl->endcol); 4144 else 4145 #endif 4146 ++shl->endcol; 4147 } 4148 4149 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4150 * current position */ 4151 continue; 4152 } 4153 } 4154 break; 4155 } 4156 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4157 cur = cur->next; 4158 } 4159 4160 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4161 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4162 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4163 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4164 shl_flag = FALSE; 4165 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4166 { 4167 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4168 && ((cur != NULL 4169 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4170 || cur == NULL)) 4171 { 4172 shl = &search_hl; 4173 shl_flag = TRUE; 4174 } 4175 else 4176 shl = &cur->hl; 4177 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4178 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4179 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4180 cur = cur->next; 4181 } 4182 } 4183 #endif 4184 4185 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4186 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4187 { 4188 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4189 && n_extra == 0) 4190 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4191 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4192 && n_extra == 0) 4193 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4194 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4195 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4196 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4197 } 4198 #endif 4199 4200 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4201 attr_pri = TRUE; 4202 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4203 if (area_attr != 0) 4204 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4205 else if (search_attr != 0) 4206 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4207 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4208 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4209 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4210 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4211 || vcol >= tocol)) 4212 char_attr = line_attr; 4213 #else 4214 if (area_attr != 0) 4215 char_attr = area_attr; 4216 else if (search_attr != 0) 4217 char_attr = search_attr; 4218 #endif 4219 else 4220 { 4221 attr_pri = FALSE; 4222 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4223 if (has_syntax) 4224 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4225 else 4226 #endif 4227 char_attr = 0; 4228 } 4229 } 4230 4231 /* 4232 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4233 */ 4234 /* 4235 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4236 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4237 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4238 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4239 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4240 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4241 */ 4242 if (n_extra > 0) 4243 { 4244 if (c_extra != NUL) 4245 { 4246 c = c_extra; 4247 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4248 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4249 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4250 { 4251 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4252 u8cc[0] = 0; 4253 c = 0xc0; 4254 } 4255 else 4256 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4257 #endif 4258 } 4259 else 4260 { 4261 c = *p_extra; 4262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4263 if (has_mbyte) 4264 { 4265 mb_c = c; 4266 if (enc_utf8) 4267 { 4268 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4269 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4270 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4271 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4272 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4273 mb_l = 1; 4274 else if (mb_l > 1) 4275 { 4276 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4277 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4278 c = 0xc0; 4279 } 4280 } 4281 else 4282 { 4283 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4284 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4285 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4286 mb_l = 1; 4287 else if (mb_l > 1) 4288 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4289 } 4290 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4291 mb_l = 1; 4292 4293 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4294 * last column. */ 4295 if (( 4296 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4297 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4298 # endif 4299 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4300 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4301 { 4302 c = '>'; 4303 mb_c = c; 4304 mb_l = 1; 4305 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4306 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4307 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4308 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4309 ++n_extra; 4310 --p_extra; 4311 } 4312 else 4313 { 4314 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4315 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4316 } 4317 } 4318 #endif 4319 ++p_extra; 4320 } 4321 --n_extra; 4322 } 4323 else 4324 { 4325 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4326 int c0; 4327 #endif 4328 4329 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4330 { 4331 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4332 p_extra_free = NULL; 4333 } 4334 /* 4335 * Get a character from the line itself. 4336 */ 4337 c = *ptr; 4338 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4339 c0 = *ptr; 4340 #endif 4341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4342 if (has_mbyte) 4343 { 4344 mb_c = c; 4345 if (enc_utf8) 4346 { 4347 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4348 * into "mb_c". */ 4349 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4350 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4351 if (mb_l > 1) 4352 { 4353 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4354 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4355 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4356 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4357 { 4358 c = mb_c; 4359 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4360 c0 = mb_c; 4361 # endif 4362 } 4363 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4364 4365 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4366 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4367 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4368 { 4369 int i; 4370 4371 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4372 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4373 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4374 mb_c = ' '; 4375 } 4376 } 4377 4378 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4379 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4380 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4381 # ifdef UNICODE16 4382 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4383 # endif 4384 ))) 4385 { 4386 /* 4387 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4388 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4389 */ 4390 # ifdef UNICODE16 4391 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4392 # endif 4393 { 4394 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4395 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4396 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4397 rl_mirror(extra); 4398 # endif 4399 } 4400 # ifdef UNICODE16 4401 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4402 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4403 else 4404 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4405 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4406 # endif 4407 4408 p_extra = extra; 4409 c = *p_extra; 4410 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4411 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4412 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4413 c_extra = NUL; 4414 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4415 { 4416 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4417 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4418 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4419 } 4420 } 4421 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4422 mb_l = 1; 4423 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4424 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4425 { 4426 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4427 int pc, pc1, nc; 4428 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4429 4430 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4431 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4432 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4433 { 4434 pc = prev_c; 4435 pc1 = prev_c1; 4436 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4437 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4438 } 4439 else 4440 { 4441 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4442 nc = prev_c; 4443 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4444 } 4445 prev_c = mb_c; 4446 4447 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4448 } 4449 else 4450 prev_c = mb_c; 4451 #endif 4452 } 4453 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4454 { 4455 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4456 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4457 mb_l = 1; 4458 else if (mb_l > 1) 4459 { 4460 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4461 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4462 */ 4463 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4464 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4465 else 4466 { 4467 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4468 { 4469 /* head byte at end of line */ 4470 mb_l = 1; 4471 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4472 } 4473 else 4474 { 4475 /* illegal tail byte */ 4476 mb_l = 2; 4477 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4478 } 4479 p_extra = extra; 4480 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4481 c_extra = NUL; 4482 c = *p_extra++; 4483 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4484 { 4485 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4486 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4487 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4488 } 4489 mb_c = c; 4490 } 4491 } 4492 } 4493 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4494 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4495 * next line. */ 4496 if (( 4497 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4498 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4499 # endif 4500 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4501 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4502 { 4503 c = '>'; 4504 mb_c = c; 4505 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4506 mb_l = 1; 4507 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4508 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4509 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4510 --ptr; 4511 } 4512 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4513 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4514 4515 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4516 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4517 * characters. */ 4518 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4519 { 4520 n_extra = 1; 4521 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4522 c = ' '; 4523 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4524 { 4525 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4526 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4527 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4528 } 4529 mb_c = c; 4530 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4531 mb_l = 1; 4532 } 4533 4534 } 4535 #endif 4536 ++ptr; 4537 4538 if (extra_check) 4539 { 4540 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4541 int can_spell = TRUE; 4542 #endif 4543 4544 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 4545 if (get_term_attr) 4546 { 4547 syntax_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, vcol); 4548 4549 if (!attr_pri) 4550 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4551 else 4552 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4553 } 4554 #endif 4555 4556 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4557 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4558 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4559 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4560 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4561 { 4562 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4563 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4564 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4565 did_emsg = FALSE; 4566 4567 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4568 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4569 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4570 # endif 4571 NULL, FALSE); 4572 4573 if (did_emsg) 4574 { 4575 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4576 has_syntax = FALSE; 4577 } 4578 else 4579 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4580 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4581 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4582 has_syntax = FALSE; 4583 #endif 4584 4585 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4586 * have made it invalid. */ 4587 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4588 ptr = line + v; 4589 4590 if (!attr_pri) 4591 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4592 else 4593 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4594 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4595 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4596 * with line highlighting */ 4597 if (c == NUL) 4598 syntax_flags = 0; 4599 else 4600 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4601 # endif 4602 } 4603 #endif 4604 4605 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4606 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4607 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4608 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4609 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4610 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4611 { 4612 spell_attr = 0; 4613 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4614 if (!attr_pri) 4615 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4616 # endif 4617 if (c != 0 && ( 4618 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4619 !has_syntax || 4620 # endif 4621 can_spell)) 4622 { 4623 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4624 int len; 4625 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4626 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4627 if (has_mbyte) 4628 { 4629 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4630 v -= mb_l - 1; 4631 } 4632 else 4633 # endif 4634 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4635 4636 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4637 * next line concatenated. */ 4638 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4639 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4640 else 4641 p = prev_ptr; 4642 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4643 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4644 nochange); 4645 word_end = v + len; 4646 4647 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4648 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4649 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4650 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4651 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4652 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4653 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4654 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4655 { 4656 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4657 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4658 } 4659 4660 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4661 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4662 { 4663 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4664 * start of the next line. */ 4665 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4666 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4667 } 4668 4669 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4670 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4671 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4672 4673 if (cap_col > 0) 4674 { 4675 if (p != prev_ptr 4676 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4677 { 4678 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4679 * must start with a capital. */ 4680 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4681 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4682 - nextline_idx); 4683 } 4684 else 4685 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4686 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4687 } 4688 } 4689 } 4690 if (spell_attr != 0) 4691 { 4692 if (!attr_pri) 4693 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4694 else 4695 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4696 } 4697 #endif 4698 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4699 /* 4700 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4701 */ 4702 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4703 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4704 { 4705 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4706 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4707 # endif 4708 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4709 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4710 mb_off + 4711 # endif 4712 1); 4713 4714 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4715 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4716 NULL) - 1; 4717 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) 4718 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4719 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4720 4721 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4722 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4723 # else 4724 c_extra = ' '; 4725 # endif 4726 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4727 { 4728 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4729 if (c == TAB) 4730 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4731 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4732 #endif 4733 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4734 c = ' '; 4735 } 4736 } 4737 #endif 4738 4739 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4740 */ 4741 if (wp->w_p_list 4742 && (((c == 160 4743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4744 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4745 #endif 4746 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4747 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4748 { 4749 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4750 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4751 { 4752 n_attr = 1; 4753 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4754 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4755 } 4756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4757 mb_c = c; 4758 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4759 { 4760 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4761 u8cc[0] = 0; 4762 c = 0xc0; 4763 } 4764 else 4765 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4766 #endif 4767 } 4768 4769 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4770 { 4771 c = lcs_trail; 4772 if (!attr_pri) 4773 { 4774 n_attr = 1; 4775 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4776 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4777 } 4778 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4779 mb_c = c; 4780 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4781 { 4782 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4783 u8cc[0] = 0; 4784 c = 0xc0; 4785 } 4786 else 4787 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4788 #endif 4789 } 4790 } 4791 4792 /* 4793 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4794 */ 4795 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4796 { 4797 /* 4798 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4799 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4800 * into "ScreenLines". 4801 */ 4802 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4803 { 4804 int tab_len = 0; 4805 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4806 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4807 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4808 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4809 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4810 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4811 #endif 4812 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4813 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4814 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4815 4816 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4817 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4818 #endif 4819 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4820 n_extra = tab_len; 4821 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4822 else 4823 { 4824 char_u *p; 4825 int len = n_extra; 4826 int i; 4827 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4828 4829 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4830 if (vcol_off > 0) 4831 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4832 tab_len += vcol_off; 4833 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4834 */ 4835 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4836 && n_extra > tab_len) 4837 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4838 #endif 4839 4840 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4841 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4842 * for a tab */ 4843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4844 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4845 if (n_extra > 0) 4846 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4847 #endif 4848 c = lcs_tab1; 4849 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4850 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4851 p[len] = NUL; 4852 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4853 p_extra_free = p; 4854 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4855 { 4856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4857 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4858 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4859 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4860 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4861 #else 4862 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4863 #endif 4864 } 4865 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4866 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4867 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4868 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4869 if (vcol_off > 0) 4870 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4871 #endif 4872 } 4873 #endif 4874 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4875 { 4876 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4877 4878 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4879 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4880 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4881 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4882 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4883 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4884 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4885 4886 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4887 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4888 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4889 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4890 && lcs_tab1) 4891 tab_len += vc_saved; 4892 } 4893 #endif 4894 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4895 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4896 #endif 4897 if (wp->w_p_list) 4898 { 4899 c = lcs_tab1; 4900 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4901 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4902 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4903 else 4904 #endif 4905 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4906 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4907 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4908 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4909 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4910 mb_c = c; 4911 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4912 { 4913 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4914 u8cc[0] = 0; 4915 c = 0xc0; 4916 } 4917 #endif 4918 } 4919 else 4920 { 4921 c_extra = ' '; 4922 c = ' '; 4923 } 4924 } 4925 else if (c == NUL 4926 && (wp->w_p_list 4927 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4928 && tocol > vcol 4929 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4930 && ( 4931 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4932 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4933 # endif 4934 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 4935 && !(noinvcur 4936 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4937 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4938 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4939 { 4940 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4941 * character if the line break is included. */ 4942 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4943 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4944 * "$". */ 4945 if ( 4946 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4947 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4948 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4949 && 4950 # endif 4951 # endif 4952 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4953 line_attr == 0 4954 # endif 4955 ) 4956 #endif 4957 { 4958 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4959 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4960 * beyond end of line. */ 4961 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4962 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4963 n_extra = 0; 4964 else 4965 #endif 4966 { 4967 p_extra = at_end_str; 4968 n_extra = 1; 4969 c_extra = NUL; 4970 } 4971 } 4972 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4973 c = lcs_eol; 4974 else 4975 c = ' '; 4976 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4977 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4978 if (!attr_pri) 4979 { 4980 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4981 n_attr = 1; 4982 } 4983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4984 mb_c = c; 4985 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4986 { 4987 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4988 u8cc[0] = 0; 4989 c = 0xc0; 4990 } 4991 else 4992 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4993 #endif 4994 } 4995 else if (c != NUL) 4996 { 4997 p_extra = transchar(c); 4998 if (n_extra == 0) 4999 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5000 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5001 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 5002 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 5003 #endif 5004 c_extra = NUL; 5005 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5006 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5007 { 5008 char_u *p; 5009 5010 c = *p_extra; 5011 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 5012 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 5013 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 5014 p[n_extra] = NUL; 5015 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5016 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 5017 } 5018 else 5019 #endif 5020 { 5021 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5022 c = *p_extra++; 5023 } 5024 if (!attr_pri) 5025 { 5026 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5027 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5028 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5029 } 5030 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5031 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5032 #endif 5033 } 5034 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5035 else if (VIsual_active 5036 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5037 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5038 && virtual_active() 5039 && tocol != MAXCOL 5040 && vcol < tocol 5041 && ( 5042 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5043 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5044 # endif 5045 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 5046 { 5047 c = ' '; 5048 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5049 } 5050 #endif 5051 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5052 else if (( 5053 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5054 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5055 # endif 5056 line_attr != 0 5057 ) && ( 5058 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5059 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5060 # endif 5061 (col 5062 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5063 - boguscols 5064 # endif 5065 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 5066 { 5067 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5068 c = ' '; 5069 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5070 5071 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5072 ++did_line_attr; 5073 5074 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5075 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) 5076 char_attr = line_attr; 5077 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5078 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5079 { 5080 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5081 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 5082 { 5083 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5084 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5085 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5086 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5087 } 5088 } 5089 # endif 5090 } 5091 #endif 5092 } 5093 5094 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5095 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5096 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5097 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 5098 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5099 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5100 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5101 { 5102 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5103 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5104 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5105 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5106 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5107 { 5108 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5109 * character. */ 5110 if (match_conc) 5111 c = match_conc; 5112 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5113 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5114 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5115 c = lcs_conceal; 5116 else 5117 c = ' '; 5118 5119 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5120 5121 if (n_extra > 0) 5122 vcol_off += n_extra; 5123 vcol += n_extra; 5124 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5125 { 5126 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5127 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5128 { 5129 col -= n_extra; 5130 boguscols -= n_extra; 5131 } 5132 else 5133 # endif 5134 { 5135 boguscols += n_extra; 5136 col += n_extra; 5137 } 5138 } 5139 n_extra = 0; 5140 n_attr = 0; 5141 } 5142 else if (n_skip == 0) 5143 { 5144 is_concealing = TRUE; 5145 n_skip = 1; 5146 } 5147 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5148 mb_c = c; 5149 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5150 { 5151 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5152 u8cc[0] = 0; 5153 c = 0xc0; 5154 } 5155 else 5156 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5157 # endif 5158 } 5159 else 5160 { 5161 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5162 is_concealing = FALSE; 5163 } 5164 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5165 } 5166 5167 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5168 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5169 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5170 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5171 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5172 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5173 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5174 { 5175 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5176 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5177 wp->w_wcol = W_WIDTH(wp) - col + boguscols - 1; 5178 else 5179 # endif 5180 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5181 wp->w_wrow = row; 5182 did_wcol = TRUE; 5183 } 5184 #endif 5185 5186 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5187 if (n_attr > 0 5188 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5189 && !attr_pri) 5190 char_attr = extra_attr; 5191 5192 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5193 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5194 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5195 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5196 if (xic != NULL 5197 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5198 && (State & INSERT) 5199 && !p_imdisable 5200 && im_is_preediting() 5201 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5202 { 5203 colnr_T tcol; 5204 5205 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5206 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5207 else 5208 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5209 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5210 { 5211 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5212 { 5213 feedback_col = 0; 5214 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5215 } 5216 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5217 if (char_attr < 0) 5218 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5219 feedback_col++; 5220 } 5221 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5222 { 5223 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5224 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5225 feedback_col = 0; 5226 } 5227 } 5228 #endif 5229 /* 5230 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5231 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5232 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5233 */ 5234 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5235 && wp->w_p_list 5236 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5237 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5238 && filler_todo <= 0 5239 #endif 5240 && draw_state > WL_NR 5241 && c != NUL) 5242 { 5243 c = lcs_prec; 5244 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5246 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5247 { 5248 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5249 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5250 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5251 n_extra = 1; 5252 n_attr = 2; 5253 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5254 } 5255 mb_c = c; 5256 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5257 { 5258 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5259 u8cc[0] = 0; 5260 c = 0xc0; 5261 } 5262 else 5263 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5264 #endif 5265 if (!attr_pri) 5266 { 5267 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5268 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5269 n_attr3 = 1; 5270 } 5271 } 5272 5273 /* 5274 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5275 */ 5276 if (c == NUL 5277 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5278 || did_line_attr == 1 5279 #endif 5280 ) 5281 { 5282 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5283 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5284 5285 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5286 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5287 ++prevcol; 5288 #endif 5289 5290 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5291 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5292 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5293 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5294 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5295 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5296 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5297 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5298 else 5299 { 5300 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5301 while (cur != NULL) 5302 { 5303 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5304 { 5305 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5306 break; 5307 } 5308 cur = cur->next; 5309 } 5310 } 5311 #endif 5312 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5313 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5314 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5315 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5316 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5317 && c == NUL) 5318 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5319 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5320 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5321 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5322 && did_line_attr <= 1 5323 # endif 5324 ) 5325 #endif 5326 )) 5327 { 5328 int n = 0; 5329 5330 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5331 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5332 { 5333 if (col < 0) 5334 n = 1; 5335 } 5336 else 5337 #endif 5338 { 5339 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 5340 n = -1; 5341 } 5342 if (n != 0) 5343 { 5344 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5345 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5346 off += n; 5347 col += n; 5348 } 5349 else 5350 { 5351 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5352 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5354 if (enc_utf8) 5355 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5356 #endif 5357 } 5358 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5359 if (area_attr == 0) 5360 { 5361 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5362 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5363 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5364 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5365 shl_flag = FALSE; 5366 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5367 { 5368 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5369 && ((cur != NULL 5370 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5371 || cur == NULL)) 5372 { 5373 shl = &search_hl; 5374 shl_flag = TRUE; 5375 } 5376 else 5377 shl = &cur->hl; 5378 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5379 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5380 char_attr = shl->attr; 5381 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5382 cur = cur->next; 5383 } 5384 } 5385 #endif 5386 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5388 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5389 { 5390 --col; 5391 --off; 5392 } 5393 else 5394 #endif 5395 { 5396 ++col; 5397 ++off; 5398 } 5399 ++vcol; 5400 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5401 eol_hl_off = 1; 5402 #endif 5403 } 5404 } 5405 5406 /* 5407 * At end of the text line. 5408 */ 5409 if (c == NUL) 5410 { 5411 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5412 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5413 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5414 { 5415 /* highlight last char after line */ 5416 --col; 5417 --off; 5418 --vcol; 5419 } 5420 5421 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5422 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5423 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5424 else 5425 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5426 5427 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5428 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5429 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5430 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5431 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5432 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5433 col -= boguscols; 5434 boguscols = 0; 5435 #endif 5436 5437 if (draw_color_col) 5438 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5439 5440 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5441 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5442 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5443 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5444 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5445 || draw_color_col) 5446 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5447 && !wp->w_p_rl 5448 # endif 5449 ) 5450 { 5451 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5452 int i; 5453 5454 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5455 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5456 if (draw_color_col) 5457 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5458 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5459 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5460 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5461 5462 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) 5463 { 5464 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5466 if (enc_utf8) 5467 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5468 #endif 5469 ++col; 5470 if (draw_color_col) 5471 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5472 &color_cols); 5473 5474 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5475 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5476 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5477 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5478 else 5479 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5480 5481 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5482 break; 5483 5484 ++vcol; 5485 } 5486 } 5487 #endif 5488 5489 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5490 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5491 row++; 5492 5493 /* 5494 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5495 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5496 */ 5497 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5498 { 5499 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5500 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5501 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5502 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5503 #endif 5504 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5505 } 5506 5507 break; 5508 } 5509 5510 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5511 if (lcs_ext 5512 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5513 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5514 && filler_todo <= 0 5515 #endif 5516 && ( 5517 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5518 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5519 #endif 5520 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 5521 && (*ptr != NUL 5522 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5523 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5524 { 5525 c = lcs_ext; 5526 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5527 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5528 mb_c = c; 5529 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5530 { 5531 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5532 u8cc[0] = 0; 5533 c = 0xc0; 5534 } 5535 else 5536 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5537 #endif 5538 } 5539 5540 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5541 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5542 if (draw_color_col) 5543 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5544 5545 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5546 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5547 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5548 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5549 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5550 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5551 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5552 { 5553 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5554 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5555 { 5556 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5557 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5558 } 5559 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5560 { 5561 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5562 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5563 } 5564 } 5565 #endif 5566 5567 /* 5568 * Store character to be displayed. 5569 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5570 */ 5571 vcol_prev = vcol; 5572 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5573 { 5574 /* 5575 * Store the character. 5576 */ 5577 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5578 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5579 { 5580 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5581 --off; 5582 --col; 5583 } 5584 #endif 5585 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5587 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5588 { 5589 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5590 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5591 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5592 } 5593 else if (enc_utf8) 5594 { 5595 if (mb_utf8) 5596 { 5597 int i; 5598 5599 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5600 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5601 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5602 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5603 { 5604 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5605 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5606 break; 5607 } 5608 } 5609 else 5610 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5611 } 5612 if (multi_attr) 5613 { 5614 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5615 multi_attr = 0; 5616 } 5617 else 5618 #endif 5619 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5620 5621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5622 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5623 { 5624 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5625 ++off; 5626 ++col; 5627 if (enc_utf8) 5628 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5629 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5630 else 5631 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5632 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5633 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5634 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5635 && filler_todo <= 0 5636 #endif 5637 ) 5638 ++vcol; 5639 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5640 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5641 if (tocol == vcol) 5642 ++tocol; 5643 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5644 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5645 { 5646 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5647 --off; 5648 --col; 5649 } 5650 #endif 5651 } 5652 #endif 5653 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5654 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5655 { 5656 --off; 5657 --col; 5658 } 5659 else 5660 #endif 5661 { 5662 ++off; 5663 ++col; 5664 } 5665 } 5666 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5667 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5668 { 5669 --n_skip; 5670 ++vcol_off; 5671 if (n_extra > 0) 5672 vcol_off += n_extra; 5673 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5674 { 5675 /* 5676 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5677 * 5678 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5679 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5680 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5681 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5682 * 5683 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5684 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5685 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5686 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5687 */ 5688 if (n_extra > 0) 5689 { 5690 vcol += n_extra; 5691 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5692 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5693 { 5694 col -= n_extra; 5695 boguscols -= n_extra; 5696 } 5697 else 5698 # endif 5699 { 5700 col += n_extra; 5701 boguscols += n_extra; 5702 } 5703 n_extra = 0; 5704 n_attr = 0; 5705 } 5706 5707 5708 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5709 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5710 { 5711 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5712 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5713 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5714 { 5715 --boguscols; 5716 --col; 5717 } 5718 else 5719 # endif 5720 { 5721 ++boguscols; 5722 ++col; 5723 } 5724 } 5725 # endif 5726 5727 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5728 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5729 { 5730 --boguscols; 5731 --col; 5732 } 5733 else 5734 # endif 5735 { 5736 ++boguscols; 5737 ++col; 5738 } 5739 } 5740 else 5741 { 5742 if (n_extra > 0) 5743 { 5744 vcol += n_extra; 5745 n_extra = 0; 5746 n_attr = 0; 5747 } 5748 } 5749 5750 } 5751 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5752 else 5753 --n_skip; 5754 5755 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5756 * column. */ 5757 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5758 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5759 && filler_todo <= 0 5760 #endif 5761 ) 5762 ++vcol; 5763 5764 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5765 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5766 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5767 #endif 5768 5769 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5770 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5771 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5772 5773 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5774 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5775 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5776 5777 /* 5778 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5779 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5780 */ 5781 if (( 5782 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5783 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5784 #endif 5785 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 5786 && (*ptr != NUL 5787 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5788 || filler_todo > 0 5789 #endif 5790 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5791 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5792 ) 5793 { 5794 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5795 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, 5796 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5797 boguscols = 0; 5798 #else 5799 screen_line(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5800 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5801 #endif 5802 ++row; 5803 ++screen_row; 5804 5805 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5806 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5807 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5808 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5809 && filler_todo <= 0 5810 #endif 5811 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5812 break; 5813 5814 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5815 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5816 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5817 && filler_todo <= 0 5818 #endif 5819 ) 5820 { 5821 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5822 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5823 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5824 #endif 5825 row = endrow; 5826 } 5827 5828 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5829 if (row == endrow) 5830 { 5831 ++row; 5832 break; 5833 } 5834 5835 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5836 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5837 && filler_todo <= 0 5838 #endif 5839 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5840 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns 5841 #endif 5842 ) 5843 { 5844 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5845 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5846 5847 /* 5848 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5849 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5850 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5851 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5852 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5853 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5854 * (something has been written in it). 5855 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5856 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5857 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5858 */ 5859 if (p_tf 5860 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5861 && !gui.in_use 5862 #endif 5863 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5864 && !(has_mbyte 5865 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5866 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5867 == 2 5868 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5869 + (int)Columns - 2, 5870 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5871 == 2)) 5872 #endif 5873 ) 5874 { 5875 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5876 * then output the same character again to let the 5877 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5878 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5879 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 5880 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5881 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5882 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5883 5884 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5885 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5886 * space to keep it simple. */ 5887 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5888 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5889 out_char(' '); 5890 else 5891 #endif 5892 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5893 + (Columns - 1)]); 5894 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5895 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5896 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5897 } 5898 } 5899 5900 col = 0; 5901 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5902 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5903 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5904 { 5905 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5906 off += col; 5907 } 5908 #endif 5909 5910 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5911 draw_state = WL_START; 5912 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5913 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5914 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5915 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5916 n_extra = 0; 5917 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5918 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5919 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5920 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5921 # endif 5922 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5923 #endif 5924 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5925 --filler_todo; 5926 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5927 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5928 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5929 break; 5930 #endif 5931 } 5932 5933 } /* for every character in the line */ 5934 5935 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5936 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5937 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5938 { 5939 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5940 cap_col = 0; 5941 } 5942 #endif 5943 5944 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5945 return row; 5946 } 5947 5948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5949 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 5950 5951 /* 5952 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5953 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5954 */ 5955 static int 5956 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5957 { 5958 int i; 5959 5960 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5961 { 5962 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 5963 return TRUE; 5964 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 5965 break; 5966 } 5967 return FALSE; 5968 } 5969 #endif 5970 5971 /* 5972 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 5973 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 5974 * - the attributes are different 5975 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 5976 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 5977 */ 5978 static int 5979 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 5980 { 5981 if (cols > 0 5982 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 5983 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5984 5985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5986 || (enc_dbcs != 0 5987 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 5988 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 5989 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 5990 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5991 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5992 || (enc_utf8 5993 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 5994 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 5995 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 5996 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 5997 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5998 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5999 #endif 6000 )) 6001 return TRUE; 6002 return FALSE; 6003 } 6004 6005 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 6006 /* 6007 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 6008 */ 6009 int 6010 screen_get_current_line_off() 6011 { 6012 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6013 } 6014 #endif 6015 6016 /* 6017 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 6018 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 6019 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 6020 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 6021 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 6022 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 6023 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 6024 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6025 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6026 */ 6027 void 6028 screen_line( 6029 int row, 6030 int coloff, 6031 int endcol, 6032 int clear_width, 6033 int rlflag UNUSED) 6034 { 6035 unsigned off_from; 6036 unsigned off_to; 6037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6038 unsigned max_off_from; 6039 unsigned max_off_to; 6040 #endif 6041 int col = 0; 6042 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 6043 int hl; 6044 #endif 6045 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6046 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6047 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6048 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6049 #endif 6050 ; 6051 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6053 int clear_next = FALSE; 6054 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6055 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6056 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6057 #else 6058 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 6059 #endif 6060 6061 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6062 if (row >= Rows) 6063 row = Rows - 1; 6064 if (endcol > Columns) 6065 endcol = Columns; 6066 6067 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6068 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6069 # endif 6070 6071 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6072 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6074 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6075 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6076 #endif 6077 6078 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6079 if (rlflag) 6080 { 6081 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6082 if (clear_width > 0) 6083 { 6084 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6085 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6086 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6087 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6088 # endif 6089 ) 6090 { 6091 ++off_to; 6092 ++col; 6093 } 6094 if (col <= endcol) 6095 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6096 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6097 } 6098 col = endcol + 1; 6099 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6100 off_from += col; 6101 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6102 } 6103 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6104 6105 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6106 6107 while (col < endcol) 6108 { 6109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6110 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6111 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6112 else 6113 char_cells = 1; 6114 #endif 6115 6116 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6117 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6118 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6119 6120 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6121 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6122 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6123 * happens in the GUI. 6124 */ 6125 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6126 { 6127 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6128 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6129 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6130 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6131 redraw_this = TRUE; 6132 } 6133 #endif 6134 6135 if (redraw_this) 6136 { 6137 /* 6138 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6139 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6140 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6141 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6142 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6143 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6144 * character. 6145 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 6146 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6147 * completely. 6148 */ 6149 if ( p_wiv 6150 && !force 6151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6152 && !gui.in_use 6153 #endif 6154 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6155 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6156 { 6157 /* 6158 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6159 */ 6160 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6161 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6162 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6163 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6164 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6165 6166 /* 6167 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6168 * highlighting at this character. 6169 */ 6170 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6171 { 6172 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6173 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6174 screen_stop_highlight(); 6175 } 6176 else 6177 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6178 } 6179 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6180 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6181 { 6182 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6183 * the other way around requires another character to be 6184 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6185 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6186 if (char_cells == 1 6187 && col + 1 < endcol 6188 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6189 { 6190 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6191 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6192 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6193 redraw_next = TRUE; 6194 } 6195 else if (char_cells == 2 6196 && col + 2 < endcol 6197 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6198 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6199 { 6200 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6201 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6202 * cell. */ 6203 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6204 redraw_next = TRUE; 6205 } 6206 6207 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6208 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6209 } 6210 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6211 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6212 * the right halve of the old character. 6213 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6214 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6215 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6216 && ((char_cells == 1 6217 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6218 || (char_cells == 2 6219 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6220 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6221 clear_next = TRUE; 6222 #endif 6223 6224 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6226 if (enc_utf8) 6227 { 6228 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6229 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6230 { 6231 int i; 6232 6233 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6234 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6235 } 6236 } 6237 if (char_cells == 2) 6238 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6239 #endif 6240 6241 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6242 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6243 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6244 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6245 * and for some xterms. */ 6246 if ( 6247 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6248 gui.in_use 6249 # endif 6250 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6251 || 6252 # endif 6253 # ifdef UNIX 6254 term_is_xterm 6255 # endif 6256 ) 6257 { 6258 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6259 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6260 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6261 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6262 redraw_next = TRUE; 6263 } 6264 #endif 6265 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6267 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6268 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6269 if (char_cells == 2) 6270 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6271 6272 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6273 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6274 else 6275 #endif 6276 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6277 } 6278 else if ( p_wiv 6279 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6280 && !gui.in_use 6281 #endif 6282 && col + coloff > 0) 6283 { 6284 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6285 { 6286 /* 6287 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6288 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6289 */ 6290 screen_attr = 0; 6291 } 6292 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6293 screen_stop_highlight(); 6294 } 6295 6296 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6297 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6298 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6299 } 6300 6301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6302 if (clear_next) 6303 { 6304 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6305 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6306 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6307 if (enc_utf8) 6308 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6309 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6310 } 6311 #endif 6312 6313 if (clear_width > 0 6314 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6315 && !rlflag 6316 #endif 6317 ) 6318 { 6319 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6320 int startCol = col; 6321 #endif 6322 6323 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6324 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6325 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6327 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6328 #endif 6329 ) 6330 { 6331 ++off_to; 6332 ++col; 6333 } 6334 if (col < clear_width) 6335 { 6336 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6337 /* 6338 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6339 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6340 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6341 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6342 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6343 */ 6344 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6345 { 6346 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6347 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6348 { 6349 int prev_cells = 1; 6350 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6351 if (enc_utf8) 6352 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6353 * that its width is 2. */ 6354 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6355 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6356 { 6357 /* find previous character by counting from first 6358 * column and get its width. */ 6359 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6360 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6361 6362 while (off < off_to) 6363 { 6364 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6365 off += prev_cells; 6366 } 6367 } 6368 6369 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6370 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6371 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6372 else 6373 # endif 6374 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6375 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6376 } 6377 } 6378 #endif 6379 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6380 ' ', ' ', 0); 6381 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6382 off_to += clear_width - col; 6383 col = clear_width; 6384 #endif 6385 } 6386 } 6387 6388 if (clear_width > 0) 6389 { 6390 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6391 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6392 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6393 { 6394 int c; 6395 6396 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6397 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6398 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6399 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6400 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6401 # endif 6402 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6403 { 6404 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6405 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6406 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6407 if (enc_utf8) 6408 { 6409 if (c >= 0x80) 6410 { 6411 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6412 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6413 } 6414 else 6415 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6416 } 6417 # endif 6418 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6419 } 6420 } 6421 else 6422 #endif 6423 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6424 } 6425 } 6426 6427 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6428 /* 6429 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6430 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6431 */ 6432 void 6433 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6434 { 6435 char_u *p1, *p2; 6436 int t; 6437 6438 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6439 { 6440 t = *p1; 6441 *p1 = *p2; 6442 *p2 = t; 6443 } 6444 } 6445 #endif 6446 6447 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6448 /* 6449 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6450 */ 6451 void 6452 status_redraw_all(void) 6453 { 6454 win_T *wp; 6455 6456 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6457 if (wp->w_status_height) 6458 { 6459 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6460 redraw_later(VALID); 6461 } 6462 } 6463 6464 /* 6465 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6466 */ 6467 void 6468 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6469 { 6470 win_T *wp; 6471 6472 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6473 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6474 { 6475 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6476 redraw_later(VALID); 6477 } 6478 } 6479 6480 /* 6481 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6482 */ 6483 void 6484 redraw_statuslines(void) 6485 { 6486 win_T *wp; 6487 6488 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6489 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6490 win_redr_status(wp); 6491 if (redraw_tabline) 6492 draw_tabline(); 6493 } 6494 #endif 6495 6496 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) || defined(PROTO) 6497 /* 6498 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6499 */ 6500 void 6501 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6502 { 6503 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6504 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6505 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6506 { 6507 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6508 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6509 } 6510 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6511 { 6512 frp = frp->fr_child; 6513 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6514 frp = frp->fr_next; 6515 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6516 } 6517 } 6518 #endif 6519 6520 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6521 /* 6522 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6523 */ 6524 static void 6525 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6526 { 6527 int hl; 6528 int c; 6529 6530 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6531 { 6532 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6533 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6534 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6535 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6536 c, ' ', hl); 6537 } 6538 } 6539 #endif 6540 6541 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6542 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6543 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6544 6545 /* 6546 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6547 */ 6548 static int 6549 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6550 { 6551 int len = 0; 6552 6553 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6554 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6555 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6556 6557 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6558 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6559 return 1; 6560 #endif 6561 6562 while (*s != NUL) 6563 { 6564 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6565 len += ptr2cells(s); 6566 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6567 } 6568 6569 return len; 6570 } 6571 6572 /* 6573 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6574 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6575 */ 6576 static int 6577 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6578 { 6579 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6580 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6581 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6582 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6583 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6584 #endif 6585 ) 6586 { 6587 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6588 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6589 return 2; 6590 #endif 6591 return 1; 6592 } 6593 return 0; 6594 } 6595 6596 /* 6597 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6598 * Show at least the "match" item. 6599 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6600 * 6601 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6602 */ 6603 void 6604 win_redr_status_matches( 6605 expand_T *xp, 6606 int num_matches, 6607 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6608 int match, 6609 int showtail) 6610 { 6611 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6612 int row; 6613 char_u *buf; 6614 int len; 6615 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6616 int fillchar; 6617 int attr; 6618 int i; 6619 int highlight = TRUE; 6620 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6621 int selstart_col = 0; 6622 char_u *selend = NULL; 6623 static int first_match = 0; 6624 int add_left = FALSE; 6625 char_u *s; 6626 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6627 int emenu; 6628 #endif 6629 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6630 int l; 6631 #endif 6632 6633 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6634 return; 6635 6636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6637 if (has_mbyte) 6638 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6639 else 6640 #endif 6641 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6642 if (buf == NULL) 6643 return; 6644 6645 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6646 { 6647 match = 0; 6648 highlight = FALSE; 6649 } 6650 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6651 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6652 if (match == 0) 6653 first_match = 0; 6654 else if (match < first_match) 6655 { 6656 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6657 first_match = match; 6658 add_left = TRUE; 6659 } 6660 else 6661 { 6662 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6663 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6664 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6665 if (first_match > 0) 6666 clen += 2; 6667 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6668 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6669 { 6670 first_match = match; 6671 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6672 clen = 2; 6673 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6674 { 6675 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6676 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6677 break; 6678 } 6679 if (i == num_matches) 6680 add_left = TRUE; 6681 } 6682 } 6683 if (add_left) 6684 while (first_match > 0) 6685 { 6686 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6687 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6688 break; 6689 --first_match; 6690 } 6691 6692 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin); 6693 6694 if (first_match == 0) 6695 { 6696 *buf = NUL; 6697 len = 0; 6698 } 6699 else 6700 { 6701 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6702 len = 2; 6703 } 6704 clen = len; 6705 6706 i = first_match; 6707 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6708 { 6709 if (i == match) 6710 { 6711 selstart = buf + len; 6712 selstart_col = clen; 6713 } 6714 6715 s = L_MATCH(i); 6716 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6717 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6718 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6719 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6720 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6721 { 6722 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6723 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6724 len += l; 6725 clen += l; 6726 } 6727 else 6728 #endif 6729 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6730 { 6731 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6732 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6733 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6734 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6735 { 6736 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6737 s += l - 1; 6738 len += l; 6739 } 6740 else 6741 #endif 6742 { 6743 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6744 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6745 } 6746 } 6747 if (i == match) 6748 selend = buf + len; 6749 6750 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6751 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6752 clen += 2; 6753 if (++i == num_matches) 6754 break; 6755 } 6756 6757 if (i != num_matches) 6758 { 6759 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6760 ++clen; 6761 } 6762 6763 buf[len] = NUL; 6764 6765 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6766 if (row >= 0) 6767 { 6768 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6769 { 6770 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6771 { 6772 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6773 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6774 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6775 { 6776 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 6777 ++msg_scrolled; 6778 } 6779 else 6780 { 6781 ++cmdline_row; 6782 ++row; 6783 } 6784 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6785 } 6786 else 6787 { 6788 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6789 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6790 * resized. */ 6791 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6792 { 6793 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6794 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6795 p_ls = 2; 6796 p_wmh = 0; 6797 last_status(FALSE); 6798 } 6799 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6800 } 6801 } 6802 6803 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6804 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6805 { 6806 *selend = NUL; 6807 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6808 } 6809 6810 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6811 } 6812 6813 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6814 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6815 #else 6816 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6817 #endif 6818 vim_free(buf); 6819 } 6820 #endif 6821 6822 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6823 /* 6824 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6825 * 6826 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6827 */ 6828 void 6829 win_redr_status(win_T *wp) 6830 { 6831 int row; 6832 char_u *p; 6833 int len; 6834 int fillchar; 6835 int attr; 6836 int this_ru_col; 6837 static int busy = FALSE; 6838 6839 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6840 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6841 if (busy) 6842 return; 6843 busy = TRUE; 6844 6845 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6846 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6847 { 6848 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6849 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6850 } 6851 else if (!redrawing() 6852 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6853 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6854 * drawn over it */ 6855 || pum_visible() 6856 #endif 6857 ) 6858 { 6859 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6860 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6861 } 6862 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6863 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6864 { 6865 /* redraw custom status line */ 6866 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6867 } 6868 #endif 6869 else 6870 { 6871 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6872 6873 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6874 p = NameBuff; 6875 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6876 6877 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer) 6878 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6879 || wp->w_p_pvw 6880 #endif 6881 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6882 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6883 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6884 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6885 { 6886 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6887 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6888 } 6889 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6890 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6891 { 6892 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6893 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6894 } 6895 #endif 6896 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6897 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 6898 && !bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 6899 #endif 6900 ) 6901 { 6902 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6903 len += 3; 6904 } 6905 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6906 { 6907 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6908 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6909 } 6910 6911 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6912 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6913 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6914 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6915 { 6916 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6917 len = 1; 6918 } 6919 else 6920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6921 if (has_mbyte) 6922 { 6923 int clen = 0, i; 6924 6925 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6926 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6927 6928 /* Find first character that will fit. 6929 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6930 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6931 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6932 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6933 len = clen; 6934 if (i > 0) 6935 { 6936 p = p + i - 1; 6937 *p = '<'; 6938 ++len; 6939 } 6940 6941 } 6942 else 6943 #endif 6944 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6945 { 6946 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6947 *p = '<'; 6948 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6949 } 6950 6951 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6952 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 6953 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 6954 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6955 6956 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6957 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6958 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6959 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 6960 6961 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6962 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6963 #endif 6964 } 6965 6966 /* 6967 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6968 */ 6969 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6970 { 6971 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6972 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6973 else 6974 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6975 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6976 attr); 6977 } 6978 busy = FALSE; 6979 } 6980 6981 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6982 /* 6983 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6984 * errors encountered. 6985 */ 6986 static void 6987 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 6988 { 6989 static int entered = FALSE; 6990 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 6991 6992 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 6993 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 6994 if (entered) 6995 return; 6996 entered = TRUE; 6997 6998 did_emsg = FALSE; 6999 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 7000 if (did_emsg) 7001 { 7002 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 7003 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 7004 * again and again. */ 7005 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 7006 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 7007 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 7008 } 7009 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 7010 entered = FALSE; 7011 } 7012 #endif 7013 7014 /* 7015 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 7016 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 7017 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 7018 */ 7019 int 7020 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 7021 { 7022 frame_T *fr; 7023 7024 fr = wp->w_frame; 7025 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 7026 { 7027 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 7028 { 7029 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7030 break; 7031 } 7032 else 7033 { 7034 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7035 return TRUE; 7036 } 7037 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7038 } 7039 return FALSE; 7040 } 7041 7042 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 7043 7044 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7045 /* 7046 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7047 */ 7048 int 7049 get_keymap_str( 7050 win_T *wp, 7051 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7052 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7053 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7054 { 7055 char_u *p; 7056 7057 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7058 return FALSE; 7059 7060 { 7061 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7062 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7063 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7064 char_u *s; 7065 7066 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7067 curwin = wp; 7068 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7069 ++emsg_skip; 7070 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7071 --emsg_skip; 7072 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7073 curwin = old_curwin; 7074 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7075 #endif 7076 { 7077 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7078 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7079 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7080 else 7081 #endif 7082 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7083 } 7084 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7085 buf[0] = NUL; 7086 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7087 vim_free(s); 7088 #endif 7089 } 7090 return buf[0] != NUL; 7091 } 7092 #endif 7093 7094 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7095 /* 7096 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7097 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7098 */ 7099 static void 7100 win_redr_custom( 7101 win_T *wp, 7102 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7103 { 7104 static int entered = FALSE; 7105 int attr; 7106 int curattr; 7107 int row; 7108 int col = 0; 7109 int maxwidth; 7110 int width; 7111 int n; 7112 int len; 7113 int fillchar; 7114 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7115 char_u *stl; 7116 char_u *p; 7117 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7118 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7119 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7120 win_T *ewp; 7121 int p_crb_save; 7122 7123 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7124 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7125 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7126 if (entered) 7127 return; 7128 entered = TRUE; 7129 7130 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7131 if (wp == NULL) 7132 { 7133 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7134 stl = p_tal; 7135 row = 0; 7136 fillchar = ' '; 7137 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7138 maxwidth = Columns; 7139 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7140 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7141 # endif 7142 } 7143 else 7144 { 7145 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7146 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7147 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 7148 7149 if (draw_ruler) 7150 { 7151 stl = p_ruf; 7152 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7153 if (*stl == '%') 7154 { 7155 if (*++stl == '-') 7156 stl++; 7157 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7158 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7159 stl++; 7160 if (*stl++ != '(') 7161 stl = p_ruf; 7162 } 7163 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7164 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 7165 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 7166 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 7167 #else 7168 col = ru_col; 7169 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 7170 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 7171 #endif 7172 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 7173 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7174 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7175 #endif 7176 { 7177 row = Rows - 1; 7178 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7179 fillchar = ' '; 7180 attr = 0; 7181 } 7182 7183 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7184 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7185 # endif 7186 } 7187 else 7188 { 7189 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7190 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7191 else 7192 stl = p_stl; 7193 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7194 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7195 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7196 # endif 7197 } 7198 7199 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7200 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 7201 #endif 7202 } 7203 7204 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7205 goto theend; 7206 7207 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7208 * the cursor away and back. */ 7209 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7210 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7211 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7212 7213 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7214 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7215 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7216 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7217 stl, use_sandbox, 7218 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7219 vim_free(stl); 7220 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7221 7222 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7223 p = transstr(buf); 7224 if (p != NULL) 7225 { 7226 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7227 vim_free(p); 7228 } 7229 7230 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7231 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7232 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7233 { 7234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7235 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7236 #else 7237 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7238 #endif 7239 ++width; 7240 } 7241 buf[len] = NUL; 7242 7243 /* 7244 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7245 */ 7246 curattr = attr; 7247 p = buf; 7248 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7249 { 7250 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7251 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7252 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7253 p = hltab[n].start; 7254 7255 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7256 curattr = attr; 7257 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7258 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7259 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7260 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7261 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7262 #endif 7263 else 7264 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7265 } 7266 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7267 7268 if (wp == NULL) 7269 { 7270 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7271 col = 0; 7272 len = 0; 7273 p = buf; 7274 fillchar = 0; 7275 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7276 { 7277 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7278 while (col < len) 7279 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7280 p = tabtab[n].start; 7281 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7282 } 7283 while (col < Columns) 7284 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7285 } 7286 7287 theend: 7288 entered = FALSE; 7289 } 7290 7291 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7292 7293 /* 7294 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7295 */ 7296 void 7297 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7298 { 7299 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7300 7301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7302 if (has_mbyte) 7303 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7304 else 7305 #endif 7306 { 7307 buf[0] = c; 7308 buf[1] = NUL; 7309 } 7310 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7311 } 7312 7313 /* 7314 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7315 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7316 */ 7317 void 7318 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7319 { 7320 unsigned off; 7321 7322 /* safety check */ 7323 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7324 { 7325 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7326 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7327 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7328 bytes[1] = NUL; 7329 7330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7331 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7332 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7333 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7334 { 7335 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7336 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7337 bytes[2] = NUL; 7338 } 7339 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7340 { 7341 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7342 bytes[2] = NUL; 7343 } 7344 #endif 7345 } 7346 } 7347 7348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7349 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7350 7351 /* 7352 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7353 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7354 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7355 */ 7356 static int 7357 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7358 { 7359 int i; 7360 7361 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7362 { 7363 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7364 return TRUE; 7365 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7366 break; 7367 } 7368 return FALSE; 7369 } 7370 #endif 7371 7372 /* 7373 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7374 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7375 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7376 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7377 */ 7378 void 7379 screen_puts( 7380 char_u *text, 7381 int row, 7382 int col, 7383 int attr) 7384 { 7385 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7386 } 7387 7388 /* 7389 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7390 * a NUL. 7391 */ 7392 void 7393 screen_puts_len( 7394 char_u *text, 7395 int textlen, 7396 int row, 7397 int col, 7398 int attr) 7399 { 7400 unsigned off; 7401 char_u *ptr = text; 7402 int len = textlen; 7403 int c; 7404 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7405 unsigned max_off; 7406 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7407 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7408 int u8c = 0; 7409 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7410 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7411 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7412 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7413 int pc, nc, nc1; 7414 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7415 # endif 7416 #endif 7417 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7418 int force_redraw_this; 7419 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7420 #endif 7421 int need_redraw; 7422 7423 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7424 return; 7425 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7426 7427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7428 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7429 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7430 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7431 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7432 && !gui.in_use 7433 # endif 7434 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7435 { 7436 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7437 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7438 if (enc_utf8) 7439 { 7440 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7441 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7442 } 7443 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7444 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7445 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7446 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7447 } 7448 #endif 7449 7450 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7451 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7452 #endif 7453 while (col < screen_Columns 7454 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7455 && *ptr != NUL) 7456 { 7457 c = *ptr; 7458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7459 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7460 if (has_mbyte) 7461 { 7462 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7463 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7464 else 7465 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7466 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7467 mbyte_cells = 1; 7468 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7469 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7470 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7471 { 7472 if (len >= 0) 7473 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7474 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7475 else 7476 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7477 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7478 # ifdef UNICODE16 7479 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7480 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7481 { 7482 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7483 if (attr == 0) 7484 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7485 } 7486 # endif 7487 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7488 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7489 { 7490 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7491 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7492 { 7493 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7494 nc = NUL; 7495 nc1 = NUL; 7496 } 7497 else 7498 { 7499 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7500 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7501 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7502 } 7503 pc = prev_c; 7504 prev_c = u8c; 7505 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7506 } 7507 else 7508 prev_c = u8c; 7509 # endif 7510 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7511 { 7512 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7513 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7514 c = '>'; 7515 mbyte_cells = 1; 7516 } 7517 } 7518 } 7519 #endif 7520 7521 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7522 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7523 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7524 #endif 7525 7526 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7527 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7528 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7529 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7530 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7531 && c == 0x8e 7532 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7533 || (enc_utf8 7534 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7535 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7536 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7537 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7538 #endif 7539 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7540 || exmode_active; 7541 7542 if (need_redraw 7543 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7544 || force_redraw_this 7545 #endif 7546 ) 7547 { 7548 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7549 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7550 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7551 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7552 * and for some xterms. */ 7553 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7554 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7555 gui.in_use 7556 # endif 7557 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7558 || 7559 # endif 7560 # ifdef UNIX 7561 term_is_xterm 7562 # endif 7563 )) 7564 { 7565 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7566 7567 if (n > HL_ALL) 7568 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7569 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7570 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7571 } 7572 #endif 7573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7574 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7575 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7576 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7577 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7578 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7579 if (clear_next_cell) 7580 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7581 else if (has_mbyte 7582 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7583 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7584 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7585 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7586 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7587 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7588 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7589 7590 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7591 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7592 if (enc_dbcs 7593 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7594 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7595 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7596 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7597 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7598 #endif 7599 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7600 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7602 if (enc_utf8) 7603 { 7604 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7605 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7606 else 7607 { 7608 int i; 7609 7610 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7611 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7612 { 7613 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7614 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7615 break; 7616 } 7617 } 7618 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7619 { 7620 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7621 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7622 } 7623 screen_char(off, row, col); 7624 } 7625 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7626 { 7627 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7628 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7629 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7630 } 7631 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7632 { 7633 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7634 screen_char(off, row, col); 7635 } 7636 else 7637 #endif 7638 screen_char(off, row, col); 7639 } 7640 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7641 if (has_mbyte) 7642 { 7643 off += mbyte_cells; 7644 col += mbyte_cells; 7645 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7646 if (clear_next_cell) 7647 { 7648 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7649 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7650 len = -1; 7651 } 7652 } 7653 else 7654 #endif 7655 { 7656 ++off; 7657 ++col; 7658 ++ptr; 7659 } 7660 } 7661 7662 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7663 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7664 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7665 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7666 { 7667 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7668 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7669 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7670 else 7671 # endif 7672 screen_char(off, row, col); 7673 } 7674 #endif 7675 } 7676 7677 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7678 /* 7679 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7680 */ 7681 static void 7682 start_search_hl(void) 7683 { 7684 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7685 { 7686 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7687 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7688 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7689 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7690 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7691 # endif 7692 } 7693 } 7694 7695 /* 7696 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7697 */ 7698 static void 7699 end_search_hl(void) 7700 { 7701 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7702 { 7703 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7704 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7705 } 7706 } 7707 7708 /* 7709 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7710 */ 7711 static void 7712 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7713 { 7714 matchitem_T *cur; 7715 7716 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7717 * match */ 7718 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7719 while (cur != NULL) 7720 { 7721 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7722 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7723 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7724 else 7725 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7726 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7727 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7728 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7729 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7730 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7731 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7732 # endif 7733 cur = cur->next; 7734 } 7735 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7736 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7737 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7738 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7739 } 7740 7741 /* 7742 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7743 */ 7744 static void 7745 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7746 { 7747 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7748 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7749 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7750 has been processed or not */ 7751 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7752 in progress */ 7753 int n; 7754 7755 /* 7756 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7757 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7758 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7759 */ 7760 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7761 shl_flag = FALSE; 7762 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7763 { 7764 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7765 { 7766 shl = &search_hl; 7767 shl_flag = TRUE; 7768 } 7769 else 7770 shl = &cur->hl; 7771 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7772 && shl->lnum == 0 7773 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7774 { 7775 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7776 { 7777 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7778 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7779 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7780 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7781 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7782 break; 7783 # else 7784 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7785 # endif 7786 } 7787 if (cur != NULL) 7788 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7789 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7790 n = 0; 7791 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7792 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7793 { 7794 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7795 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7796 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7797 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7798 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7799 { 7800 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7801 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7802 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7803 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7804 } 7805 else 7806 { 7807 ++shl->first_lnum; 7808 n = 0; 7809 } 7810 } 7811 } 7812 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7813 cur = cur->next; 7814 } 7815 } 7816 7817 /* 7818 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7819 * Uses shl->buf. 7820 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7821 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7822 * shl->lnum is zero. 7823 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7824 */ 7825 static void 7826 next_search_hl( 7827 win_T *win, 7828 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7829 linenr_T lnum, 7830 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7831 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7832 { 7833 linenr_T l; 7834 colnr_T matchcol; 7835 long nmatched; 7836 7837 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7838 { 7839 /* Check for three situations: 7840 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7841 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7842 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7843 */ 7844 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7845 if (lnum > l) 7846 shl->lnum = 0; 7847 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7848 return; 7849 } 7850 7851 /* 7852 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7853 * or none is found in this line. 7854 */ 7855 called_emsg = FALSE; 7856 for (;;) 7857 { 7858 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7859 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7860 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7861 { 7862 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7863 break; 7864 } 7865 #endif 7866 /* Three situations: 7867 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7868 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7869 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7870 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7871 */ 7872 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7873 matchcol = 0; 7874 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7875 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7876 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7877 { 7878 char_u *ml; 7879 7880 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7881 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7882 if (*ml == NUL) 7883 { 7884 ++matchcol; 7885 shl->lnum = 0; 7886 break; 7887 } 7888 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7889 if (has_mbyte) 7890 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7891 else 7892 #endif 7893 ++matchcol; 7894 } 7895 else 7896 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7897 7898 shl->lnum = lnum; 7899 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7900 { 7901 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7902 * cur->match. */ 7903 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7904 && shl == &cur->hl 7905 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7906 int timed_out = FALSE; 7907 7908 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7909 matchcol, 7910 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7911 &(shl->tm), &timed_out 7912 #else 7913 NULL, NULL 7914 #endif 7915 ); 7916 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7917 if (regprog_is_copy) 7918 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7919 7920 if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) 7921 { 7922 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7923 if (shl == &search_hl) 7924 { 7925 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7926 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7927 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7928 } 7929 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7930 shl->lnum = 0; 7931 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7932 message */ 7933 break; 7934 } 7935 } 7936 else if (cur != NULL) 7937 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7938 else 7939 nmatched = 0; 7940 if (nmatched == 0) 7941 { 7942 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7943 break; 7944 } 7945 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7946 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7947 || nmatched > 1 7948 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7949 { 7950 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7951 break; /* useful match found */ 7952 } 7953 } 7954 } 7955 7956 /* 7957 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 7958 * Return zero otherwise. 7959 */ 7960 static int 7961 next_search_hl_pos( 7962 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 7963 linenr_T lnum, 7964 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 7965 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 7966 { 7967 int i; 7968 int found = -1; 7969 7970 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7971 { 7972 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 7973 7974 if (pos->lnum == 0) 7975 break; 7976 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 7977 continue; 7978 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 7979 { 7980 if (found >= 0) 7981 { 7982 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 7983 * them */ 7984 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 7985 { 7986 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 7987 7988 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 7989 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 7990 } 7991 } 7992 else 7993 found = i; 7994 } 7995 } 7996 posmatch->cur = 0; 7997 if (found >= 0) 7998 { 7999 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8000 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 8001 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8002 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 8003 8004 shl->lnum = lnum; 8005 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 8006 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 8007 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 8008 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 8009 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 8010 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 8011 return 1; 8012 } 8013 return 0; 8014 } 8015 #endif 8016 8017 static void 8018 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 8019 { 8020 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 8021 8022 screen_attr = attr; 8023 if (full_screen 8024 #ifdef WIN3264 8025 && termcap_active 8026 #endif 8027 ) 8028 { 8029 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8030 if (gui.in_use) 8031 { 8032 char buf[20]; 8033 8034 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 8035 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 8036 OUT_STR(buf); 8037 } 8038 else 8039 #endif 8040 { 8041 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8042 { 8043 if (IS_CTERM) 8044 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8045 else 8046 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8047 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8048 attr = 0; 8049 else 8050 attr = aep->ae_attr; 8051 } 8052 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 8053 out_str(T_MD); 8054 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && 8055 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8056 (p_tgc ? 8057 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 8058 #endif 8059 (t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8060 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8061 ) 8062 #endif 8063 ) 8064 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 8065 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 8066 out_str(T_ME); 8067 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 8068 out_str(T_SO); 8069 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 8070 /* underline or undercurl */ 8071 out_str(T_US); 8072 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 8073 out_str(T_CZH); 8074 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 8075 out_str(T_MR); 8076 8077 /* 8078 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 8079 * bold etc. override the color setting. 8080 */ 8081 if (aep != NULL) 8082 { 8083 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8084 if (p_tgc) 8085 { 8086 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8087 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 8088 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8089 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 8090 } 8091 else 8092 #endif 8093 { 8094 if (t_colors > 1) 8095 { 8096 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8097 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 8098 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8099 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 8100 } 8101 else 8102 { 8103 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8104 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8105 } 8106 } 8107 } 8108 } 8109 } 8110 } 8111 8112 void 8113 screen_stop_highlight(void) 8114 { 8115 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 8116 8117 if (screen_attr != 0 8118 #ifdef WIN3264 8119 && termcap_active 8120 #endif 8121 ) 8122 { 8123 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8124 if (gui.in_use) 8125 { 8126 char buf[20]; 8127 8128 /* use internal GUI code */ 8129 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 8130 OUT_STR(buf); 8131 } 8132 else 8133 #endif 8134 { 8135 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8136 { 8137 attrentry_T *aep; 8138 8139 if (IS_CTERM) 8140 { 8141 /* 8142 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 8143 */ 8144 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8145 if (aep != NULL && 8146 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8147 (p_tgc ? 8148 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8149 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 8150 #endif 8151 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8152 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8153 ) 8154 #endif 8155 ) 8156 do_ME = TRUE; 8157 } 8158 else 8159 { 8160 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8161 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8162 { 8163 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8164 do_ME = TRUE; 8165 else 8166 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8167 } 8168 } 8169 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8170 screen_attr = 0; 8171 else 8172 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8173 } 8174 8175 /* 8176 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8177 * same sequence several times. 8178 */ 8179 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8180 { 8181 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8182 do_ME = TRUE; 8183 else 8184 out_str(T_SE); 8185 } 8186 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 8187 { 8188 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8189 do_ME = TRUE; 8190 else 8191 out_str(T_UE); 8192 } 8193 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8194 { 8195 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8196 do_ME = TRUE; 8197 else 8198 out_str(T_CZR); 8199 } 8200 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8201 out_str(T_ME); 8202 8203 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8204 if (p_tgc) 8205 { 8206 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8207 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8208 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8209 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8210 } 8211 else 8212 #endif 8213 { 8214 if (t_colors > 1) 8215 { 8216 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8217 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8218 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8219 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8220 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8221 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8222 out_str(T_MD); 8223 } 8224 } 8225 } 8226 } 8227 screen_attr = 0; 8228 } 8229 8230 /* 8231 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8232 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8233 */ 8234 void 8235 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8236 { 8237 if (IS_CTERM) 8238 { 8239 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8240 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8241 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8242 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8243 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8244 #else 8245 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8246 #endif 8247 { 8248 out_str(T_OP); 8249 screen_attr = -1; 8250 } 8251 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8252 { 8253 out_str(T_ME); 8254 screen_attr = -1; 8255 } 8256 } 8257 } 8258 8259 /* 8260 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8261 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8262 */ 8263 static void 8264 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8265 { 8266 int attr; 8267 8268 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8269 * resizing). */ 8270 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8271 return; 8272 8273 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8274 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8275 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8276 if (*T_XN == NUL 8277 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8278 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8279 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8280 && !cmdmsg_rl 8281 #endif 8282 ) 8283 { 8284 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8285 return; 8286 } 8287 8288 /* 8289 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8290 */ 8291 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8292 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8293 attr = screen_char_attr; 8294 else 8295 #endif 8296 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8297 if (screen_attr != attr) 8298 screen_stop_highlight(); 8299 8300 windgoto(row, col); 8301 8302 if (screen_attr != attr) 8303 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8304 8305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8306 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8307 { 8308 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8309 8310 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8311 8312 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8313 8314 out_str(buf); 8315 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8316 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8317 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8318 ++screen_cur_col; 8319 } 8320 else 8321 #endif 8322 { 8323 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8324 out_flush_check(); 8325 #endif 8326 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8328 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8329 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8330 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8331 #endif 8332 } 8333 8334 screen_cur_col++; 8335 } 8336 8337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8338 8339 /* 8340 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8341 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8342 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8343 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8344 */ 8345 static void 8346 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8347 { 8348 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8349 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8350 return; 8351 8352 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8353 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8354 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8355 { 8356 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8357 return; 8358 } 8359 8360 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8361 * second byte directly. */ 8362 screen_char(off, row, col); 8363 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8364 ++screen_cur_col; 8365 } 8366 #endif 8367 8368 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 8369 /* 8370 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8371 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8372 */ 8373 void 8374 screen_draw_rectangle( 8375 int row, 8376 int col, 8377 int height, 8378 int width, 8379 int invert) 8380 { 8381 int r, c; 8382 int off; 8383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8384 int max_off; 8385 #endif 8386 8387 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8388 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8389 return; 8390 8391 if (invert) 8392 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8393 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8394 { 8395 off = LineOffset[r]; 8396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8397 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8398 #endif 8399 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8400 { 8401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8402 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8403 { 8404 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8405 ++c; 8406 } 8407 else 8408 #endif 8409 { 8410 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8412 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8413 ++c; 8414 #endif 8415 } 8416 } 8417 } 8418 screen_char_attr = 0; 8419 } 8420 #endif 8421 8422 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8423 /* 8424 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8425 */ 8426 static void 8427 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8428 { 8429 int col; 8430 int width; 8431 8432 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8433 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8434 # endif 8435 8436 if (wp == NULL) 8437 { 8438 col = 0; 8439 width = Columns; 8440 } 8441 else 8442 { 8443 col = wp->w_wincol; 8444 width = wp->w_width; 8445 } 8446 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8447 } 8448 #endif 8449 8450 /* 8451 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8452 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8453 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8454 */ 8455 void 8456 screen_fill( 8457 int start_row, 8458 int end_row, 8459 int start_col, 8460 int end_col, 8461 int c1, 8462 int c2, 8463 int attr) 8464 { 8465 int row; 8466 int col; 8467 int off; 8468 int end_off; 8469 int did_delete; 8470 int c; 8471 int norm_term; 8472 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8473 int force_next = FALSE; 8474 #endif 8475 8476 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8477 end_row = screen_Rows; 8478 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8479 end_col = screen_Columns; 8480 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8481 || start_row >= end_row 8482 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8483 return; 8484 8485 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8486 norm_term = ( 8487 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8488 !gui.in_use && 8489 #endif 8490 !IS_CTERM); 8491 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8492 { 8493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8494 if (has_mbyte 8495 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8496 && !gui.in_use 8497 # endif 8498 ) 8499 { 8500 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8501 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8502 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8503 * terminal. */ 8504 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8505 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8506 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8507 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8508 } 8509 #endif 8510 /* 8511 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8512 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8513 * space. 8514 */ 8515 did_delete = FALSE; 8516 if (c2 == ' ' 8517 && end_col == Columns 8518 && can_clear(T_CE) 8519 && (attr == 0 8520 || (norm_term 8521 && attr <= HL_ALL 8522 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8523 { 8524 /* 8525 * check if we really need to clear something 8526 */ 8527 col = start_col; 8528 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8529 ++col; 8530 8531 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8532 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8533 8534 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8536 if (enc_utf8) 8537 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8538 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8539 ++off; 8540 else 8541 #endif 8542 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8543 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8544 ++off; 8545 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8546 { 8547 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8548 screen_stop_highlight(); 8549 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8550 out_str(T_CE); 8551 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8552 col = end_col - col; 8553 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8554 { 8555 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8557 if (enc_utf8) 8558 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8559 #endif 8560 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 8561 ++off; 8562 } 8563 } 8564 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8565 } 8566 8567 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8568 c = c1; 8569 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8570 { 8571 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8572 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8573 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8574 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8575 #endif 8576 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8577 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8578 || force_next 8579 #endif 8580 ) 8581 { 8582 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8583 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8584 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8585 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8586 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8587 if ( 8588 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8589 gui.in_use 8590 # endif 8591 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8592 || 8593 # endif 8594 # ifdef UNIX 8595 term_is_xterm 8596 # endif 8597 ) 8598 { 8599 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8600 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8601 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8602 force_next = TRUE; 8603 else 8604 force_next = FALSE; 8605 } 8606 #endif 8607 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8608 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8609 if (enc_utf8) 8610 { 8611 if (c >= 0x80) 8612 { 8613 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8614 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8615 } 8616 else 8617 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8618 } 8619 #endif 8620 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8621 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8622 screen_char(off, row, col); 8623 } 8624 ++off; 8625 if (col == start_col) 8626 { 8627 if (did_delete) 8628 break; 8629 c = c2; 8630 } 8631 } 8632 if (end_col == Columns) 8633 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8634 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8635 { 8636 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8637 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8638 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8639 if (start_col == 0) 8640 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8641 } 8642 } 8643 } 8644 8645 /* 8646 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8647 * screen or the command line. 8648 */ 8649 void 8650 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8651 { 8652 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8653 && !did_wait_return 8654 && emsg_silent == 0) 8655 { 8656 out_flush(); 8657 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8658 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8659 if (check_msg_scroll) 8660 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8661 } 8662 } 8663 8664 /* 8665 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8666 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8667 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8668 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8669 */ 8670 int 8671 screen_valid(int doclear) 8672 { 8673 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8674 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8675 } 8676 8677 /* 8678 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8679 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8680 * 8681 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8682 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8683 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8684 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8685 * final size of the shell is needed. 8686 */ 8687 void 8688 screenalloc(int doclear) 8689 { 8690 int new_row, old_row; 8691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8692 int old_Rows; 8693 #endif 8694 win_T *wp; 8695 int outofmem = FALSE; 8696 int len; 8697 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8699 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8700 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8701 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8702 int i; 8703 #endif 8704 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8705 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8706 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8707 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8708 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8709 tabpage_T *tp; 8710 #endif 8711 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8712 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8713 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8714 int retry_count = 0; 8715 8716 retry: 8717 #endif 8718 /* 8719 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8720 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8721 * screen stuff. 8722 */ 8723 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8724 && Rows == screen_Rows 8725 && Columns == screen_Columns 8726 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8727 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8728 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8729 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8730 #endif 8731 ) 8732 || Rows == 0 8733 || Columns == 0 8734 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8735 return; 8736 8737 /* 8738 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8739 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8740 * return here. 8741 */ 8742 if (entered) 8743 return; 8744 entered = TRUE; 8745 8746 /* 8747 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8748 * thus we must not redraw here! 8749 */ 8750 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8751 8752 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8753 8754 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8755 8756 /* 8757 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8758 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8759 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8760 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8761 * - Free the old arrays. 8762 * 8763 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8764 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8765 * size is wrong. 8766 */ 8767 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8768 win_free_lsize(wp); 8769 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8770 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8771 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8772 #endif 8773 8774 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8775 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8777 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8778 if (enc_utf8) 8779 { 8780 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8781 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8782 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8783 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8784 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8785 } 8786 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8787 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8788 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8789 #endif 8790 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8791 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8792 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8793 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8794 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8795 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8796 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8797 #endif 8798 8799 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8800 { 8801 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8802 { 8803 outofmem = TRUE; 8804 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8805 goto give_up; 8806 #endif 8807 } 8808 } 8809 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8810 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8811 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8812 outofmem = TRUE; 8813 #endif 8814 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8815 give_up: 8816 #endif 8817 8818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8819 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8820 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8821 break; 8822 #endif 8823 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8824 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8825 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8826 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8827 #endif 8828 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8829 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8830 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8831 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8832 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8833 #endif 8834 || outofmem) 8835 { 8836 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8837 { 8838 /* guess the size */ 8839 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8840 8841 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8842 * and over again. */ 8843 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8844 } 8845 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 8846 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 8847 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8848 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8849 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8850 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8851 { 8852 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8853 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 8854 } 8855 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 8856 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8857 #endif 8858 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 8859 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 8860 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 8861 new_LineOffset = NULL; 8862 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 8863 new_LineWraps = NULL; 8864 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8865 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 8866 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 8867 #endif 8868 } 8869 else 8870 { 8871 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8872 8873 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8874 { 8875 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8876 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8877 8878 /* 8879 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8880 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8881 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8882 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8883 */ 8884 if (!doclear) 8885 { 8886 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8887 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8888 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8889 if (enc_utf8) 8890 { 8891 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8892 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8893 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8894 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8895 + new_row * Columns, 8896 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8897 } 8898 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8899 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8900 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8901 #endif 8902 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8903 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8904 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8905 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8906 { 8907 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8908 len = screen_Columns; 8909 else 8910 len = Columns; 8911 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8912 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8913 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8914 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8915 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8916 #endif 8917 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8918 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8919 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8921 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8922 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8923 { 8924 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8925 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8926 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8927 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8928 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8929 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8930 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8931 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8932 } 8933 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8934 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8935 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8936 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8937 #endif 8938 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8939 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8940 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8941 } 8942 } 8943 } 8944 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8945 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8946 } 8947 8948 free_screenlines(); 8949 8950 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8952 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8953 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8954 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8955 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8956 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8957 #endif 8958 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8959 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8960 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8961 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8962 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8963 #endif 8964 8965 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8966 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8967 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8968 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8969 #endif 8970 screen_Rows = Rows; 8971 screen_Columns = Columns; 8972 8973 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8974 if (doclear) 8975 screenclear2(); 8976 8977 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8978 else if (gui.in_use 8979 && !gui.starting 8980 && ScreenLines != NULL 8981 && old_Rows != Rows) 8982 { 8983 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8984 /* 8985 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8986 * command. 8987 */ 8988 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 8989 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 8990 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 8991 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 8992 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 8993 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 8994 } 8995 #endif 8996 8997 entered = FALSE; 8998 --RedrawingDisabled; 8999 9000 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 9001 /* 9002 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 9003 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 9004 */ 9005 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 9006 { 9007 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 9008 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 9009 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 9010 goto retry; 9011 } 9012 #endif 9013 } 9014 9015 void 9016 free_screenlines(void) 9017 { 9018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9019 int i; 9020 9021 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 9022 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 9023 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 9024 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 9025 #endif 9026 vim_free(ScreenLines); 9027 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 9028 vim_free(LineOffset); 9029 vim_free(LineWraps); 9030 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9031 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 9032 #endif 9033 } 9034 9035 void 9036 screenclear(void) 9037 { 9038 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9039 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 9040 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 9041 } 9042 9043 static void 9044 screenclear2(void) 9045 { 9046 int i; 9047 9048 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 9049 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9050 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 9051 #endif 9052 ) 9053 return; 9054 9055 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9056 if (!gui.in_use) 9057 #endif 9058 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 9059 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 9060 9061 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9062 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 9063 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 9064 #endif 9065 9066 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 9067 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9068 { 9069 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9070 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 9071 } 9072 9073 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 9074 { 9075 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 9076 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9077 mode_displayed = FALSE; 9078 } 9079 else 9080 { 9081 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 9082 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9083 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9084 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9085 } 9086 9087 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 9088 9089 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 9090 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9091 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9092 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 9093 #endif 9094 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 9095 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 9096 compute_cmdrow(); 9097 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 9098 msg_col = 0; 9099 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9100 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 9101 msg_didany = FALSE; 9102 msg_didout = FALSE; 9103 } 9104 9105 /* 9106 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 9107 */ 9108 static void 9109 lineclear(unsigned off, int width) 9110 { 9111 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9113 if (enc_utf8) 9114 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 9115 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9116 #endif 9117 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9118 } 9119 9120 /* 9121 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 9122 * invalid value. 9123 */ 9124 static void 9125 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 9126 { 9127 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9128 } 9129 9130 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9131 /* 9132 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 9133 */ 9134 static void 9135 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 9136 { 9137 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 9138 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 9139 9140 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 9141 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9142 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9143 if (enc_utf8) 9144 { 9145 int i; 9146 9147 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 9148 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9149 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9150 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 9151 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9152 } 9153 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9154 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 9155 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9156 # endif 9157 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 9158 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9159 } 9160 #endif 9161 9162 /* 9163 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9164 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9165 */ 9166 int 9167 can_clear(char_u *p) 9168 { 9169 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9170 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9171 || gui.in_use 9172 #endif 9173 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9174 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9175 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9176 #else 9177 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9178 #endif 9179 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9180 } 9181 9182 /* 9183 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9184 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9185 * code. 9186 */ 9187 void 9188 screen_start(void) 9189 { 9190 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9191 } 9192 9193 /* 9194 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9195 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9196 * characters sent to the terminal. 9197 */ 9198 void 9199 windgoto(int row, int col) 9200 { 9201 sattr_T *p; 9202 int i; 9203 int plan; 9204 int cost; 9205 int wouldbe_col; 9206 int noinvcurs; 9207 char_u *bs; 9208 int goto_cost; 9209 int attr; 9210 9211 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9212 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9213 9214 #define PLAN_LE 1 9215 #define PLAN_CR 2 9216 #define PLAN_NL 3 9217 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9218 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9219 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9220 return; 9221 9222 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9223 { 9224 /* Check for valid position. */ 9225 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9226 row = 0; 9227 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9228 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9229 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9230 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9231 9232 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9233 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9234 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9235 else 9236 noinvcurs = 0; 9237 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9238 9239 /* 9240 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9241 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9242 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9243 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9244 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9245 * 9246 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9247 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9248 * 9249 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9250 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9251 */ 9252 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9253 { 9254 /* 9255 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9256 * or T_LE. 9257 */ 9258 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9259 attr = screen_attr; 9260 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9261 { 9262 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9263 if (*T_LE) 9264 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9265 else 9266 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9267 if (*bs) 9268 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9269 else 9270 cost = 999; 9271 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9272 { 9273 plan = PLAN_CR; 9274 wouldbe_col = 0; 9275 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9276 } 9277 else 9278 { 9279 plan = PLAN_LE; 9280 wouldbe_col = col; 9281 } 9282 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9283 { 9284 cost += noinvcurs; 9285 attr = 0; 9286 } 9287 } 9288 9289 /* 9290 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9291 */ 9292 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9293 { 9294 plan = PLAN_NL; 9295 wouldbe_col = 0; 9296 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9297 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9298 { 9299 cost += noinvcurs; 9300 attr = 0; 9301 } 9302 } 9303 9304 /* 9305 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9306 */ 9307 else 9308 { 9309 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9310 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9311 cost = 0; 9312 } 9313 9314 /* 9315 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9316 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9317 */ 9318 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9319 if (i > 0) 9320 cost += i; 9321 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9322 { 9323 /* 9324 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9325 * stopping highlighting. 9326 */ 9327 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9328 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9329 --i; 9330 if (i != 0) 9331 { 9332 /* 9333 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9334 */ 9335 if (*--p == 0) 9336 { 9337 cost += noinvcurs; 9338 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9339 --i; 9340 } 9341 if (i != 0) 9342 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9343 } 9344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9345 if (enc_utf8) 9346 { 9347 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9348 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9349 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9350 { 9351 cost = 999; 9352 break; 9353 } 9354 } 9355 #endif 9356 } 9357 9358 /* 9359 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9360 */ 9361 if (cost < goto_cost) 9362 { 9363 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9364 { 9365 if (noinvcurs) 9366 screen_stop_highlight(); 9367 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9368 { 9369 out_str(bs); 9370 --screen_cur_col; 9371 } 9372 } 9373 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9374 { 9375 if (noinvcurs) 9376 screen_stop_highlight(); 9377 out_char('\r'); 9378 screen_cur_col = 0; 9379 } 9380 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9381 { 9382 if (noinvcurs) 9383 screen_stop_highlight(); 9384 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9385 { 9386 out_char('\n'); 9387 ++screen_cur_row; 9388 } 9389 screen_cur_col = 0; 9390 } 9391 9392 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9393 if (i > 0) 9394 { 9395 /* 9396 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9397 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9398 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9399 */ 9400 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9401 { 9402 while (i-- > 0) 9403 out_char(*T_ND); 9404 } 9405 else 9406 { 9407 int off; 9408 9409 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9410 while (i-- > 0) 9411 { 9412 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9413 screen_stop_highlight(); 9414 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9415 out_flush_check(); 9416 #endif 9417 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9419 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9420 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9421 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9422 #endif 9423 ++off; 9424 } 9425 } 9426 } 9427 } 9428 } 9429 else 9430 cost = 999; 9431 9432 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9433 { 9434 if (noinvcurs) 9435 screen_stop_highlight(); 9436 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9437 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9438 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9439 else 9440 term_windgoto(row, col); 9441 } 9442 screen_cur_row = row; 9443 screen_cur_col = col; 9444 } 9445 } 9446 9447 /* 9448 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9449 */ 9450 void 9451 setcursor(void) 9452 { 9453 if (redrawing()) 9454 { 9455 validate_cursor(); 9456 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9457 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 9458 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9459 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9460 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9461 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9462 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9463 (has_mbyte 9464 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9465 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9466 # endif 9467 1)) : 9468 #endif 9469 curwin->w_wcol)); 9470 } 9471 } 9472 9473 9474 /* 9475 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9476 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9477 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9478 * scrolling. 9479 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9480 */ 9481 int 9482 win_ins_lines( 9483 win_T *wp, 9484 int row, 9485 int line_count, 9486 int invalid, 9487 int mayclear) 9488 { 9489 int did_delete; 9490 int nextrow; 9491 int lastrow; 9492 int retval; 9493 9494 if (invalid) 9495 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9496 9497 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9498 return FAIL; 9499 9500 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9501 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9502 9503 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 9504 if (retval != MAYBE) 9505 return retval; 9506 9507 /* 9508 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9509 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9510 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9511 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9512 */ 9513 did_delete = FALSE; 9514 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9515 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9516 { 9517 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9518 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 9519 did_delete = TRUE; 9520 else if (wp->w_next) 9521 return FAIL; 9522 } 9523 #endif 9524 /* 9525 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9526 */ 9527 if (!did_delete) 9528 { 9529 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9530 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9531 #endif 9532 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9533 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 9534 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9535 if (lastrow > Rows) 9536 lastrow = Rows; 9537 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9538 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9539 ' ', ' ', 0); 9540 } 9541 9542 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 9543 == FAIL) 9544 { 9545 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9546 if (did_delete) 9547 { 9548 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9549 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9550 #endif 9551 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9552 } 9553 return FAIL; 9554 } 9555 9556 return OK; 9557 } 9558 9559 /* 9560 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9561 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9562 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9563 * scrolling 9564 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9565 */ 9566 int 9567 win_del_lines( 9568 win_T *wp, 9569 int row, 9570 int line_count, 9571 int invalid, 9572 int mayclear) 9573 { 9574 int retval; 9575 9576 if (invalid) 9577 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9578 9579 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9580 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9581 9582 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 9583 if (retval != MAYBE) 9584 return retval; 9585 9586 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9587 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 9588 return FAIL; 9589 9590 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9591 /* 9592 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9593 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9594 */ 9595 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9596 { 9597 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9598 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 9599 { 9600 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9601 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9602 } 9603 } 9604 /* 9605 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9606 * command line later. 9607 */ 9608 else 9609 #endif 9610 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9611 return OK; 9612 } 9613 9614 /* 9615 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9616 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9617 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9618 */ 9619 static int 9620 win_do_lines( 9621 win_T *wp, 9622 int row, 9623 int line_count, 9624 int mayclear, 9625 int del) 9626 { 9627 int retval; 9628 9629 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9630 return FAIL; 9631 9632 /* When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9633 * the lines. */ 9634 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9635 return FAIL; 9636 9637 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9638 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 9639 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9640 && wp->w_width == Columns 9641 #endif 9642 ) 9643 { 9644 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9645 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9646 return FAIL; 9647 } 9648 9649 /* 9650 * Delete all remaining lines 9651 */ 9652 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9653 { 9654 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9655 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9656 ' ', ' ', 0); 9657 return OK; 9658 } 9659 9660 /* 9661 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9662 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9663 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9664 */ 9665 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9666 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9667 9668 /* 9669 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9670 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9671 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9672 * win_line(). 9673 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9674 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9675 * scroll-up . 9676 */ 9677 if (scroll_region 9678 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9679 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 9680 #endif 9681 ) 9682 { 9683 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9684 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9685 #endif 9686 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9687 if (del) 9688 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9689 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 9690 else 9691 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9692 wp->w_height - row, wp); 9693 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9694 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9695 #endif 9696 scroll_region_reset(); 9697 return retval; 9698 } 9699 9700 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9701 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9702 return FAIL; 9703 #endif 9704 9705 return MAYBE; 9706 } 9707 9708 /* 9709 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9710 */ 9711 static void 9712 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9713 { 9714 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9715 while (wp != NULL) 9716 #else 9717 if (wp != NULL) 9718 #endif 9719 { 9720 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9721 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9722 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9723 wp = wp->w_next; 9724 #endif 9725 } 9726 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9727 } 9728 9729 /* 9730 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9731 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9732 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9733 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9734 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9735 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9736 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9737 */ 9738 9739 /* 9740 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9741 */ 9742 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9743 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9744 #define USE_T_AL 3 9745 #define USE_T_CE 4 9746 #define USE_T_DL 5 9747 #define USE_T_SR 6 9748 #define USE_NL 7 9749 #define USE_T_CD 8 9750 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9751 9752 /* 9753 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9754 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9755 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9756 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9757 * 9758 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9759 */ 9760 int 9761 screen_ins_lines( 9762 int off, 9763 int row, 9764 int line_count, 9765 int end, 9766 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9767 { 9768 int i; 9769 int j; 9770 unsigned temp; 9771 int cursor_row; 9772 int type; 9773 int result_empty; 9774 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9775 9776 /* 9777 * FAIL if 9778 * - there is no valid screen 9779 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9780 * - the line count is less than one 9781 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9782 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9783 */ 9784 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9785 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9786 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9787 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9788 #endif 9789 ) 9790 return FAIL; 9791 9792 /* 9793 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9794 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9795 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9796 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9797 * the insert is just empty lines 9798 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9799 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9800 * at once. 9801 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9802 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9803 * 1. 9804 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9805 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9806 * just empty lines. 9807 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9808 * just empty lines. 9809 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9810 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9811 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9812 * 9813 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9814 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9815 * exists. 9816 */ 9817 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9818 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9819 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9820 type = USE_REDRAW; 9821 else 9822 #endif 9823 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9824 type = USE_T_CD; 9825 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9826 type = USE_T_CAL; 9827 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9828 type = USE_T_CDL; 9829 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9830 type = USE_T_AL; 9831 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9832 type = USE_T_CE; 9833 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9834 type = USE_T_DL; 9835 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9836 type = USE_T_SR; 9837 else 9838 return FAIL; 9839 9840 /* 9841 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9842 * care of t_db if necessary. 9843 */ 9844 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9845 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9846 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9847 9848 /* 9849 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9850 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9851 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9852 */ 9853 if (*T_DB) 9854 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9855 9856 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9857 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9858 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9859 if (off + row > 0 9860 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9861 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9862 # endif 9863 ) 9864 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9865 else 9866 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9867 #endif 9868 9869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9870 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9871 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9872 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9873 #endif 9874 9875 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9876 cursor_row = row; 9877 else 9878 cursor_row = row + off; 9879 9880 /* 9881 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9882 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9883 */ 9884 row += off; 9885 end += off; 9886 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9887 { 9888 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9889 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9890 { 9891 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9892 j = end - 1 - i; 9893 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9894 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9895 j += line_count; 9896 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9897 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9898 else 9899 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9900 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9901 } 9902 else 9903 #endif 9904 { 9905 j = end - 1 - i; 9906 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9907 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9908 { 9909 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9910 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9911 } 9912 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9913 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9914 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9915 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9916 else 9917 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9918 } 9919 } 9920 9921 screen_stop_highlight(); 9922 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9923 9924 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9925 /* redraw the characters */ 9926 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9927 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9928 else 9929 #endif 9930 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9931 { 9932 term_append_lines(line_count); 9933 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9934 } 9935 else 9936 { 9937 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9938 { 9939 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9940 { 9941 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9942 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9943 out_str(T_AL); 9944 } 9945 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9946 out_str(T_SR); 9947 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9948 } 9949 } 9950 9951 /* 9952 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9953 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9954 */ 9955 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9956 { 9957 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9958 { 9959 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9960 out_str(T_CE); 9961 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9962 } 9963 } 9964 9965 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9966 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9967 if (gui.in_use) 9968 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9969 #endif 9970 return OK; 9971 } 9972 9973 /* 9974 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 9975 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9976 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 9977 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 9978 * 9979 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9980 */ 9981 int 9982 screen_del_lines( 9983 int off, 9984 int row, 9985 int line_count, 9986 int end, 9987 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9988 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9989 { 9990 int j; 9991 int i; 9992 unsigned temp; 9993 int cursor_row; 9994 int cursor_end; 9995 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9996 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9997 int type; 9998 9999 /* 10000 * FAIL if 10001 * - there is no valid screen 10002 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 10003 * - the line count is less than one 10004 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 10005 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 10006 */ 10007 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 10008 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 10009 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10010 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 10011 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 10012 #endif 10013 ) 10014 return FAIL; 10015 10016 /* 10017 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 10018 */ 10019 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 10020 10021 /* 10022 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 10023 * available. 10024 */ 10025 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 10026 10027 /* 10028 * There are six ways to delete lines: 10029 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 10030 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 10031 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 10032 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 10033 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 10034 * none of the other ways work. 10035 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 10036 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 10037 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 10038 */ 10039 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10040 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 10041 type = USE_REDRAW; 10042 else 10043 #endif 10044 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 10045 type = USE_T_CD; 10046 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 10047 /* 10048 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 10049 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 10050 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 10051 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 10052 * the trick... 10053 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 10054 * (Olaf Seibert) 10055 */ 10056 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 10057 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 10058 #else 10059 else if (row == 0 && ( 10060 #ifndef AMIGA 10061 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 10062 * up, so use delete-line command */ 10063 line_count == 1 || 10064 #endif 10065 *T_CDL == NUL)) 10066 #endif 10067 type = USE_NL; 10068 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 10069 type = USE_T_CDL; 10070 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 10071 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10072 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 10073 #endif 10074 ) 10075 type = USE_T_CE; 10076 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 10077 type = USE_T_DL; 10078 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 10079 type = USE_T_CDL; 10080 else 10081 return FAIL; 10082 10083 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10084 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 10085 * not the full width of the screen. */ 10086 if (off + row > 0 10087 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10088 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10089 # endif 10090 ) 10091 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10092 else 10093 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 10094 #endif 10095 10096 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10097 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10098 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10099 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 10100 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 10101 #endif 10102 10103 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10104 { 10105 cursor_row = row; 10106 cursor_end = end; 10107 } 10108 else 10109 { 10110 cursor_row = row + off; 10111 cursor_end = end + off; 10112 } 10113 10114 /* 10115 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 10116 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10117 */ 10118 row += off; 10119 end += off; 10120 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10121 { 10122 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10123 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10124 { 10125 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10126 j = row + i; 10127 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10128 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 10129 j -= line_count; 10130 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10131 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10132 else 10133 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10134 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10135 } 10136 else 10137 #endif 10138 { 10139 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 10140 j = row + i; 10141 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10142 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10143 { 10144 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10145 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10146 } 10147 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 10148 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 10149 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10150 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 10151 else 10152 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10153 } 10154 } 10155 10156 screen_stop_highlight(); 10157 10158 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10159 /* redraw the characters */ 10160 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10161 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10162 else 10163 #endif 10164 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 10165 { 10166 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10167 out_str(T_CD); 10168 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10169 } 10170 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 10171 { 10172 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10173 term_delete_lines(line_count); 10174 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10175 } 10176 /* 10177 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 10178 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 10179 * last line. 10180 */ 10181 else if (type == USE_NL) 10182 { 10183 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 10184 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10185 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10186 } 10187 else 10188 { 10189 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10190 { 10191 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10192 { 10193 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10194 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10195 } 10196 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10197 { 10198 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 10199 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10200 } 10201 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10202 } 10203 } 10204 10205 /* 10206 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10207 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10208 */ 10209 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10210 { 10211 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10212 { 10213 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 10214 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10215 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10216 } 10217 } 10218 10219 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10220 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10221 if (gui.in_use) 10222 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10223 #endif 10224 10225 return OK; 10226 } 10227 10228 /* 10229 * show the current mode and ruler 10230 * 10231 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10232 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10233 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10234 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10235 */ 10236 int 10237 showmode(void) 10238 { 10239 int need_clear; 10240 int length = 0; 10241 int do_mode; 10242 int attr; 10243 int nwr_save; 10244 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10245 int sub_attr; 10246 #endif 10247 10248 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10249 && ((State & INSERT) 10250 || restart_edit 10251 || VIsual_active)); 10252 if (do_mode || Recording) 10253 { 10254 /* 10255 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10256 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10257 * it takes a bit of time. 10258 */ 10259 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10260 { 10261 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10262 return 0; 10263 } 10264 10265 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10266 10267 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10268 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10269 10270 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10271 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10272 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10273 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10274 10275 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10276 msg_pos_mode(); 10277 cursor_off(); 10278 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10279 if (do_mode) 10280 { 10281 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10282 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10283 if ( 10284 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10285 preedit_get_status() 10286 # else 10287 im_get_status() 10288 # endif 10289 ) 10290 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10291 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10292 # else 10293 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10294 # endif 10295 #endif 10296 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10297 if (gui.in_use) 10298 { 10299 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10300 { 10301 /* HANGUL */ 10302 if (enc_utf8) 10303 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10304 else 10305 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10306 } 10307 } 10308 #endif 10309 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10310 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10311 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10312 { 10313 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10314 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10315 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10316 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10317 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10318 if (length > 0) 10319 { 10320 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10321 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10322 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10323 { 10324 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10325 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10326 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10327 } 10328 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10329 { 10330 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10331 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10332 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10333 else 10334 sub_attr = attr; 10335 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10336 } 10337 } 10338 length = 0; 10339 } 10340 else 10341 #endif 10342 { 10343 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10344 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10345 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10346 else 10347 #endif 10348 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10349 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10350 else if (State & INSERT) 10351 { 10352 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10353 if (p_ri) 10354 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10355 #endif 10356 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10357 } 10358 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10359 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10360 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10361 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10362 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10363 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10364 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10365 if (p_hkmap) 10366 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10367 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10368 if (p_fkmap) 10369 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10370 # endif 10371 #endif 10372 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10373 if (State & LANGMAP) 10374 { 10375 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10376 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10377 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10378 else 10379 # endif 10380 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10381 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10382 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10383 } 10384 #endif 10385 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10386 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10387 10388 if (VIsual_active) 10389 { 10390 char *p; 10391 10392 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10393 * problems. */ 10394 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10395 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10396 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10397 { 10398 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10399 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10400 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10401 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10402 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10403 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10404 } 10405 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10406 } 10407 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10408 } 10409 10410 need_clear = TRUE; 10411 } 10412 if (Recording 10413 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10414 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10415 #endif 10416 ) 10417 { 10418 recording_mode(attr); 10419 need_clear = TRUE; 10420 } 10421 10422 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10423 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10424 msg_clr_eos(); 10425 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10426 length = msg_col; 10427 msg_col = 0; 10428 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10429 } 10430 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10431 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10432 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10433 10434 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10435 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10436 if (VIsual_active) 10437 clear_showcmd(); 10438 10439 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10440 * message and must be redrawn */ 10441 if (redrawing() 10442 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10443 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 10444 # endif 10445 ) 10446 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10447 #endif 10448 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10449 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10450 10451 return length; 10452 } 10453 10454 /* 10455 * Position for a mode message. 10456 */ 10457 static void 10458 msg_pos_mode(void) 10459 { 10460 msg_col = 0; 10461 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10462 } 10463 10464 /* 10465 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10466 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10467 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10468 */ 10469 void 10470 unshowmode(int force) 10471 { 10472 /* 10473 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10474 */ 10475 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10476 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10477 else 10478 clearmode(); 10479 } 10480 10481 /* 10482 * Clear the mode message. 10483 */ 10484 void 10485 clearmode(void) 10486 { 10487 msg_pos_mode(); 10488 if (Recording) 10489 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10490 msg_clr_eos(); 10491 } 10492 10493 static void 10494 recording_mode(int attr) 10495 { 10496 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10497 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10498 { 10499 char_u s[4]; 10500 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10501 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10502 } 10503 } 10504 10505 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10506 /* 10507 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10508 */ 10509 static void 10510 draw_tabline(void) 10511 { 10512 int tabcount = 0; 10513 tabpage_T *tp; 10514 int tabwidth; 10515 int col = 0; 10516 int scol = 0; 10517 int attr; 10518 win_T *wp; 10519 win_T *cwp; 10520 int wincount; 10521 int modified; 10522 int c; 10523 int len; 10524 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10525 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10526 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10527 char_u *p; 10528 int room; 10529 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10530 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10531 && !gui.in_use 10532 #endif 10533 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10534 && !p_tgc 10535 #endif 10536 ); 10537 10538 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10539 return; 10540 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10541 10542 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10543 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10544 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10545 { 10546 gui_update_tabline(); 10547 return; 10548 } 10549 #endif 10550 10551 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10552 return; 10553 10554 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10555 10556 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10557 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10558 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10559 10560 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10561 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10562 { 10563 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10564 10565 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10566 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10567 did_emsg = FALSE; 10568 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10569 if (did_emsg) 10570 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10571 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10572 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10573 } 10574 else 10575 #endif 10576 { 10577 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10578 ++tabcount; 10579 10580 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10581 if (tabwidth < 6) 10582 tabwidth = 6; 10583 10584 attr = attr_nosel; 10585 tabcount = 0; 10586 scol = 0; 10587 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10588 tp = tp->tp_next) 10589 { 10590 scol = col; 10591 10592 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10593 attr = attr_sel; 10594 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10595 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10596 10597 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10598 attr = attr_nosel; 10599 10600 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10601 10602 if (tp == curtab) 10603 { 10604 cwp = curwin; 10605 wp = firstwin; 10606 } 10607 else 10608 { 10609 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10610 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10611 } 10612 10613 modified = FALSE; 10614 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10615 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10616 modified = TRUE; 10617 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10618 { 10619 if (wincount > 1) 10620 { 10621 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10622 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10623 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10624 break; 10625 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10626 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10627 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10628 #else 10629 attr 10630 #endif 10631 ); 10632 col += len; 10633 } 10634 if (modified) 10635 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10636 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10637 } 10638 10639 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10640 if (room > 0) 10641 { 10642 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10643 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10644 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10645 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10646 p = NameBuff; 10647 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10648 if (has_mbyte) 10649 while (len > room) 10650 { 10651 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10652 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10653 } 10654 else 10655 #endif 10656 if (len > room) 10657 { 10658 p += len - room; 10659 len = room; 10660 } 10661 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10662 len = Columns - col - 1; 10663 10664 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10665 col += len; 10666 } 10667 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10668 10669 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10670 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10671 ++tabcount; 10672 while (scol < col) 10673 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10674 } 10675 10676 if (use_sep_chars) 10677 c = '_'; 10678 else 10679 c = ' '; 10680 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10681 10682 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10683 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10684 { 10685 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10686 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10687 } 10688 } 10689 10690 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10691 * set. */ 10692 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10693 } 10694 10695 /* 10696 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10697 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10698 */ 10699 void 10700 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10701 { 10702 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10703 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10704 else 10705 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10706 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10707 } 10708 #endif 10709 10710 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10711 /* 10712 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10713 */ 10714 static int 10715 fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp) 10716 { 10717 int fill; 10718 10719 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 10720 if (bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer)) 10721 { 10722 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_ST); 10723 if (wp == curwin) 10724 fill = fill_stl; 10725 else 10726 fill = fill_stlnc; 10727 } 10728 else 10729 #endif 10730 if (wp == curwin) 10731 { 10732 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10733 fill = fill_stl; 10734 } 10735 else 10736 { 10737 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10738 fill = fill_stlnc; 10739 } 10740 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10741 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10742 * current window */ 10743 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10744 || wp != curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10745 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10746 return fill; 10747 if (wp == curwin) 10748 return '^'; 10749 return '='; 10750 } 10751 #endif 10752 10753 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10754 /* 10755 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10756 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10757 */ 10758 static int 10759 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10760 { 10761 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10762 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10763 return '|'; 10764 else 10765 return fill_vert; 10766 } 10767 #endif 10768 10769 /* 10770 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10771 */ 10772 int 10773 redrawing(void) 10774 { 10775 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10776 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10777 return 0; 10778 else 10779 #endif 10780 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10781 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10782 } 10783 10784 /* 10785 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10786 */ 10787 int 10788 messaging(void) 10789 { 10790 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10791 } 10792 10793 /* 10794 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10795 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10796 */ 10797 void 10798 showruler(int always) 10799 { 10800 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10801 return; 10802 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10803 if (pum_visible()) 10804 { 10805 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10806 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10807 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10808 # endif 10809 return; 10810 } 10811 #endif 10812 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10813 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10814 { 10815 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10816 } 10817 else 10818 #endif 10819 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10820 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10821 #endif 10822 10823 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10824 if (need_maketitle 10825 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10826 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10827 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10828 # endif 10829 ) 10830 maketitle(); 10831 #endif 10832 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10833 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10834 if (redraw_tabline) 10835 draw_tabline(); 10836 #endif 10837 } 10838 10839 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10840 static void 10841 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always) 10842 { 10843 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10844 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10845 int row; 10846 int fillchar; 10847 int attr; 10848 int empty_line = FALSE; 10849 colnr_T virtcol; 10850 int i; 10851 size_t len; 10852 int o; 10853 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10854 int this_ru_col; 10855 int off = 0; 10856 int width = Columns; 10857 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 10858 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 10859 #else 10860 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 10861 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 10862 # define this_ru_col ru_col 10863 #endif 10864 10865 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10866 if (!p_ru) 10867 return; 10868 10869 /* 10870 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10871 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10872 */ 10873 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10874 return; 10875 10876 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10877 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10878 * the (long) mode message. */ 10879 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10880 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10881 # endif 10882 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10883 return; 10884 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10885 if (pum_visible()) 10886 return; 10887 #endif 10888 10889 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10890 if (*p_ruf) 10891 { 10892 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10893 10894 called_emsg = FALSE; 10895 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10896 if (called_emsg) 10897 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10898 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10899 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10900 return; 10901 } 10902 #endif 10903 10904 /* 10905 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10906 */ 10907 if (!(State & INSERT) 10908 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10909 empty_line = TRUE; 10910 10911 /* 10912 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10913 */ 10914 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10915 if ( redraw_cmdline 10916 || always 10917 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10918 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10919 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10920 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10921 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10922 #endif 10923 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10924 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10925 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10926 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10927 #endif 10928 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10929 { 10930 cursor_off(); 10931 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10932 if (wp->w_status_height) 10933 { 10934 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10935 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 10936 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 10937 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 10938 } 10939 else 10940 #endif 10941 { 10942 row = Rows - 1; 10943 fillchar = ' '; 10944 attr = 0; 10945 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10946 width = Columns; 10947 off = 0; 10948 #endif 10949 } 10950 10951 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10952 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10953 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10954 { 10955 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10956 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10957 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10958 } 10959 10960 /* 10961 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10962 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10963 */ 10964 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10965 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10966 ? 0L 10967 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10968 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10969 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10970 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10971 (int)virtcol + 1); 10972 10973 /* 10974 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10975 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10976 * screen up on some terminals). 10977 */ 10978 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10979 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10980 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10981 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10982 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10983 #endif 10984 ++o; 10985 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10986 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10987 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10988 this_ru_col = 0; 10989 #endif 10990 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10991 * half for the filename. */ 10992 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 10993 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 10994 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10995 { 10996 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10997 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 10998 { 10999 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11000 if (has_mbyte) 11001 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 11002 else 11003 #endif 11004 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 11005 ++o; 11006 } 11007 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 11008 } 11009 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 11010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11011 if (has_mbyte) 11012 { 11013 o = 0; 11014 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 11015 { 11016 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 11017 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 11018 { 11019 buffer[i] = NUL; 11020 break; 11021 } 11022 } 11023 } 11024 else 11025 #endif 11026 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 11027 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 11028 11029 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 11030 i = redraw_cmdline; 11031 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 11032 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 11033 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 11034 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 11035 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 11036 redraw_cmdline = i; 11037 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 11038 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11039 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 11040 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 11041 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11042 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11043 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 11044 #endif 11045 } 11046 } 11047 #endif 11048 11049 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 11050 /* 11051 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 11052 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 11053 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 11054 */ 11055 int 11056 number_width(win_T *wp) 11057 { 11058 int n; 11059 linenr_T lnum; 11060 11061 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 11062 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 11063 lnum = wp->w_height; 11064 else 11065 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 11066 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11067 11068 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 11069 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 11070 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 11071 11072 n = 0; 11073 do 11074 { 11075 lnum /= 10; 11076 ++n; 11077 } while (lnum > 0); 11078 11079 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 11080 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 11081 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 11082 11083 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 11084 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 11085 return n; 11086 } 11087 #endif 11088 11089 /* 11090 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 11091 * screen. First column is 0. 11092 */ 11093 int 11094 screen_screencol(void) 11095 { 11096 return screen_cur_col; 11097 } 11098 11099 /* 11100 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 11101 * First row is 0. 11102 */ 11103 int 11104 screen_screenrow(void) 11105 { 11106 return screen_cur_row; 11107 } 11108